Home

LiquiFlo 2.0 AC Drive User Manual

1. coo T 8 Seo 8 TBi 12 DO1NC i H 7 DO 1COM vil bae 10 00180 E 5 B 8 cic OUTPUT 6171 6 DO3NC 1 GRID d H 5 DOS COM G2 3 4 00310 VOLTAGE cnet LH DOANG H 2 D04NO TB CNTRLPUR 1 M m o PRECHARGE OUT 2 12 DOS SHUNT TRIP 73 5 11 005 0 B 10 00580 TEMPSWINV 5 9 DO6NC TEMPSW RCT 75 E em DIGITAL PRECHARGE FB 7 al pozno OUTPUT O 2 5 007 oma 2 4 00710 m 9 H 7 poscon 2 B Bil 10300 Gate Kill Connections ENCODER _ 3 INPUT FEE oo TB3 8 9 GATEKILL TB3 9 aS 8_ Ate 3 T 2 al a 25 5 ID DIGITAL 5 Di2 INPUT Ala 3 of n ej md 1 bis 1 analog 2 4 L1 INPUT 5 m oo 2
2. Z00 Ct 6L AL 21 105 80 90 553 SWHO 9 Z 80151538 80151534 4 zu 19 9 1335 NO 31841 335 z 20 009 31 00 2 SNA w 14464 Sng 31 jv i 9 133 5 NO TIEVL 335 ru G 13345 NO AYL 335 my 1N3A3SRSV3N 9 133 5 NO 3IBvL 335 9 133HS NO 335 EI ASSW 1891 M3133ANI ASSY 1891 33183ANI 20 ASSY 1891 8311238 1891 83141238 10464 10 64 32 30 32 30 3080331 9v80334 Fm AN t aier a 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 n 001 niv i ow 08564 08564 508 f 8196 1 5 2 n d 22 3 2 8LG6L M n sng Sng 5031 SOv31 114170 33M0d n a D IRIS E 83004 OV i LLG6L 508 TE amp Wis O31NNIAVT 305 00 00418 er p 305 102 0118 305 3301238 02 048 n er a n 96
3. 4 JINGOW YAMOd OJA LV ANO 3 S 1 1 0 1 3Nn Ov wx 5 012 1802 097 d 0921 aly vi e ZVANA 00 ASALIN A009 vol 22 8519 sing 580 HOLIMS M SM3L3N v N oostie asnamun 018 015 vind BOR Zver OzouTIN ISAN AO09 V0Z 99 55 00 zv 0004800 3sngmin A009 V0Z 90 55 0 8 7 84 000400 ISNIN Ao09 V0Z 0 55 0 Lind ET St 777 9 00 ZVANJA 0009800 3604 009 00 20 SSYT m L4 544 LY zvusii 100470 asaan ____ 22 lt 5 10 603 ov MER MS X TOL Zvabrid 10040 3604 0097 22 5512 89 00 N Ulv WDLY 29633 10090A aSr 009 1 20 5510 205 Lm V on 590151539 061406 ZVANJA BOSI HM NYMSSnB noos vost oni 00 06 ZV 5 n00S vost sng 200 01 irm wz 051406 ZWEI NVMSShH Aoos vost n4 TON Od E SUOLY zVEN3j GOONTD ISUN A009 VS 90 55 0 tni 00 0 4 5 ZVANA Oz 3 9 8 NVNSSNA AO09 WOZ 55 19 znd EI 000 53 ZVANA 0Z 4 S44 NVMSSnB A009 VOZ S 34 SSY Ind TWO 00 N d 8 W3nddns N d winddns 530
4. HAH ul D2 c2 S ee odi THHH nn H 5 uz J2 UILE cg 15 x 2171 D3 HH HHH HHHH 07 AHHH phh n M H UB 3 UIT os of LHHHHIHH Jo m NEU ub UR dup TP AC Line 1 0 08 Terminal Block m HH HH Be HHHI iH yis Pium EH 7 8 i J4 i bod 4 t 1 1 1 9 u Ug ug aK m 9 C16 cig RU R2 3 1 3 re ore Ju E re re re H Sly b Ly Fs 6 2 7 05 DB 0 05 Dio Q6 01 d7 Rockwell Aunomeanion ACLine 1 0 Board 26 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Standard 1 0 Board Description Frame 3 Only Chapter 2 The Standard I O board is offered as an option for Frame 3 LiquiFlo 2 0 drives The following signals are available at the Standard I O board The Standard I O board is labeled as item 24 in Figure 4 See Figure 10 for terminal identification Digital Inputs The Standard I O board terminal block provides terminals 27 32 for six user configurable digital inputs These inputs can be configured using the inverter digital input selection parameters 361 366 Digital Outputs The Standard I O board terminal block provides term
5. 50 zzv O1 2 INnHS TWNOUdO IWN331X3 Ll SY013VINOI 4 Bly uir gaz 9301553 BOHR i Y 09 A 441 oul wal 979641 ASSY ONAS O3HILNS Qm 6 1 109 n T TM7wzs t AON Varna I h agy xg D eni sor 59 4 5 sng 5 3N179v 138 Le 14 QNOY70 1 ALI MOS 5 9001 wos ONOY 0 1 0 1202 NOLYIOS ONY z ONINOLLIONOD lt 2 lt t i mirn 4 na oo 130 A009 Vj gt u3yv348 1 TYNOILdO 182 uo INnHS X9078 TWHIRL p wonao w Hl x H 2 as Ed MIO 2vn009 E 22 S N 4 249 Rockwell Automation Publication 02 3518 3 2013 Appendix 105 Power Module Wiring Diagram Frame 3 sheet 2 Figure
6. 01 01 0 1 Input Active 15 14 13 1241 10 9 817 6 5 4 3 0 Input Not Active Nibble4 Nibble3 Nibble2 Nibble X Reserved Bit On the Frame 3 drive AC Line I O Board Digital Output 1 is used to control the shunt trip and various conditions inside the drive can cause the shunt trip to be commanded e A1 in bit 0 indicates that the shunt trip is being commanded breaker commanded open 0 in bit 0 indicates that the shunt trip is not being commanded AC Line I O Board Digital Outputs 1 6 are also called the application digital outputs They are commanded by the inverter using bits 0 5 of rectifier parameter Rectifier Contrl 100 but you should not write to this parameter You can control these outputs using inverter parameter Appl Digital Out 30 For AC Line I O Board Digital Output 1 this shunt trip control via rectifier parameter Rectifier Contrl 100 is in addition to the internal rectifier conditions that can cause a shunt trip Frame 4 drives firmware version 2 x only Figure 75 Dig Out Status 217 Frame 4 7 2 X XIX X X 10 1 Input Active 15 14 13 12111109 877 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 lnput Not Active if Nibble4 Nibble3 Nibble2 Nibble1 Reserved Bit On the Frame 4 drive the Combined I O Board dedicated Shunt Trip outp
7. 11 14 X 15 16 13 12 7 26 25 07 9 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 15 Chapter 2 Power Module Components Locations Frame 3 Frame 3 Units LF200460AAR and LF200608CCR The power module section contains the following main components The numbered items listed below correspond to the numbers used in Figure 3 and Figure 4 Replacement parts are listed in Chapter 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 2 0 21 22 23 24 25 Wire Harness Assembly Power Supply Logic 2 Current Feedback Device 1000 A 6 Terminal Block 2 Position 80 W Power Supply Assembly 2 Cable Assembly 40 pin 0 050 in Pitch Flex Film 2 Cable Assembly 30 pin 0 050 in Pitch Flex Film 2 Wire Harness Assembly Power Supply Upper Gate 2 Inverter Power Interface Assembly Wire Harness Assembly Power Supply Lower Gate 2 Insulation Sheet 2 Communications Interface Assembly Rectifier Power Interface Assembly Wire Harness Assembly Gate Driver Wire Harness Assembly Current Feedback Device Wire Harness Assembly Line Sync Wire Harness Assembly DC Bus Bleeder Resistors Cable Assembly 20 pin 0 050 in Pitch Flex Film optional Communications Assembly optional Internal Fan Connector Terminal Block 32 pin AC Line I O Assembly Rectifier Control Assembly Inverter Control Assembly Stan
8. 37 Verifying Power Module Input Ratings Match Supplied Power 37 Wiring Requirements for the 37 Determining Wire Size 37 Verifying Power Module Output Current Rating Is Greater Than Chiller Running Load Amps segete ees ea E PET 38 Stopping the Drive ap pod eU RU RR NER 38 Chapter 4 Lifting and Mounting the Drive co eti ERSTER 41 Grounding the Drive 5 23 42 Lifting and Mounting the Power 43 Chapter 5 Installing Power Wiring from the AC Input Line to the Main Input Circuit 45 Installing Wiring from the Power Module Output to the Motor 46 Chapter 6 Checking the Installation n REV Rare hehe 47 Powering Up After Installation Is 48 Chapter 7 Preparing for Startup cessere venen bei eei ee Pares edo s 49 Running the Start up Routes eo tior eg eh 50 Exiting Before Completing the Start Up Routines 50 Chapter 8 About Parameters scsi cid cies de et s 51 How Parameters are Organized cU 52 Inverter Parameters woes Ras 53 Rectifier Parameters 56 Acce
9. Su E XE LS Z A SS 6 YS SS 0 0 0 1 Input Active 0 0 Not Active X 15 14 13 12 1110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Nibble4 Nibble3 Nibble2 Nibble1 Reserved Bit On the Frame 4 drive precharge contactor feedback appears in bit 15 of this parameter e A 1 in bit 15 indicates that all of the precharge contactors are closed 0 in bit 15 indicates that at least one of the contactors is open On the Frame 4 drive Combined I O board Digital Inputs 1 and 2 are used to select measurements to be displayed on the optional input voltage and current meters as described in Table 14 Table 14 AC Line 1 0 Digital Inputs 3 and 4 Frame 4 oo o b 0 1 Vtr 1 0 lu Vrs 1 1 lu Vrs 217 Dig Out Status Range Bits on off Default Read Only Access 0 Path Utility gt Status See also inverter 30 Displays commanded status of the digital outputs that are controlled by the rectifier See AC Line I O Board Description Frame 3 Only on page 25 through Combined I O Board Description Frame 4 Only on page 29 for a description of I O hardware that is present on this drive and is controlled by the rectifier 184 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 Frame 3 drives firmware version 1 x only Figure 74 Dig Out Status 217 Frame 3
10. 391430 yowadaad snaod naL 35435 1 133HS NO 31841335 xanassy ene LE MERE 8 WOISTOO M PULLMAN amo vimus 3e 0123100 EFUSIH3ANI n ms E z ar or BLE ARE E LE TENNIS E ETCEYTITETT 3 MOLDSTIOQ A am visis 3s HONO A CUAIN 1 BS ABALAN 15 DANI A E ur LL STELIOS _ g INON WEYIN amy S BS HORTON EYINI L BS ar n aio E SOVAUBINI OU1NOO 431411934 30V3431NI TOHINOO HALUSANI Ux 213395 335 eran 2183 5 335 eran 259 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Appendix 0 Figure 113 Power Module Rectifier IGBT Wiring
11. 110846 0 510081 0081210231 2 510081 zoo casiel 100498 00 200 100 999181 IOV ZLLZGE 2005616081 10041601 ZOD ZSPOBL 10 25008 100918081 ov eezosi 75981810817 29 loosse 200 99181 100 9181 00 puezoo too sesigs zov zcizee zoo eieoei 100 1 08 zoozswosr ioozsrosi roo ieogi 201210081 000006001 quy 10 510081 420006002 Jequny seyyooy SeH tc sou ssum ssw owg ave ZOV pue LOV ZL16 E SNid Aiquiessy emod paulquiog Z0Y pue 0 88208 SN d Iquiessy 1emog 318 1553 H3MOd S30vid rivi 9 pietre 100 2816 20 82081 0 510081 0051210231 21 109 807 2 100 661 SEN Ino 391430 X9Y80334 10 982081 207510081 40051210231 SWHO 0092 UOI sIS3H SOUVHOSIO 391430 yovaqaad 1 207780081 _ 0 10081 80200600241 wer Lar mm 107982081 10 91008 40000600231 m TequinN T Aquiessy re OW i a 4H aie 00 ave 335 rj SS3NHVH m agviannaow zve 015153 100 Z00 00 62081 As 100 200 00 162081 8 S3ovia er 4
12. 3199 T Y 3IVO ALPH3IHSANI T v 2 2 2 271 m BOLNO Aaa rt pod i F aminan a FETERE amana 0 EEEE ENGELLENEN E ENPRE EEEE 3I ANON WUBIN 6 1 1 1 1 mme 19 0193102 amp 9 T A eil 356 9 a B 336 5 TUSSI S L4 AIVO AIVO FN BALBIN Y 2 2 EN WOLOSTIOO amp ESLESANT Du m m o og o sng sna 13395 338 261 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Appendix 0 Notes 262 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 1 0 board description frame 3 only 21 air flow clearance 37 alarm condition indicators alarm name and bell graphic 195 alarm status parameters 195 status LEDs 195 status queue 195 alarm descriptions 195 alarm names cross referenced by alarm numbers 197 alarm types non configurable 195 type 2 154 user configurable 195 analog inputs AC line 1 0 board 21 combined 1 0 board 26 optional standard 1 0 board 23 scaling example 138 analog outputs 1 0 board 21 combined 1 0 board 27 optional standard 1 0 board 24 scaling example 144 assembly number 9
13. No Fault No Fault No Fault 2 Auxiliary Input 48 Params Defaulted 214 Reactor Temp 3 Power Loss 63 Shear Pin 215 Rctfr HW Unused 9 4 UnderVoltage 64 Drive Overload 216 Rctfr Gnd Fault 5 OverVoltage 70 HW Fault 217 Rctfr Base Temp 7 Motor Overload 71 76 Port 1 6 Adapter 218 Rctfr IGBT Temp 8 Invtr Base Temp 71 IR Volts Range 219 Retfr IT Overld 9 Invtr IGBT Temp 78 FluxAmpsRef Rang 220 Rctfr 12T Overld 12 HW OverCurrent 79 Excessive Load 221 Ride Thru Abort 13 Ground Fault 80 AutoTune Aborted 222 High AC Line 14 Inv Shunt Trip 81 86 Port 1 6 DPI Loss 223 Low DC Bus 15 Hi Vdc Shunt 87 VoltageRange 224 Rctfr Over Volt Invtr Offset U 100 Parameter Chksum 225 Input Imbalance 19 Invtr Offset V 101 UserSet1 Chksum 226 Input V Imbalance 20 Invtr I Offset W 102 UserSet2 Chksum 227 AC Line Lost 21 Rctfr Offset R 103 UserSet3 Chksum 228 Line Feq Lost 22 Rctfr Offset S 104 Pwr Brd Chksum1 229 Rctfr Checksum 23 Rctfr Offset T 105 Pwr Brd Chksum2 230 Invtr HW Unk 24 Decel Inhibit 106 Incompat MCB PB 331 Rctfr HW Unk 25 OverSpeed Limit 107 Replaced MCB PB 232 Rctfr Not OK 29 Analog In Loss 120 1 0 Mismatch 233 Precharge Closed 30 NTC Demux Fail 2 121 1 0 Comm Loss 234 Precharge Opened 31 Inv Temp Switch 2 122 1 0 Board Fail 3 235 Rctfr Pwr Board 3 Auto Rstrt Tries 123 Invtr Unk 10 Brd 2 236 Rctfr 10 Board 35 Current Fbk Lost 197 199 Invtr Dsat U V W 2 237 Not At Voltage 36 SW Over
14. o Sezz Tal wee 423 5577 A009 1 vioz aroz veez 08 seno nar WOO D D d E 2 vezz 4 Hdl 2H09 0S YASH vee h 103102 wi ow ll vers 9 9 55 10 Adal ways 09 02 M3WSOJSNVaMI 10 1 02 ayo 11 9113 9 002 m oszz 134 9NISIA 1313 1fldNI 1 cal 182 n ND 5 ASSY 492 XILT ea Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 256 Appendix 0 Figure 110 Power Module Wiring Diagram Frame 4 sheet 1
15. Standard 1 0 Board Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 2 Combined 1 0 Board Description Frame 4 Only Figure 11 shows terminal block locations on the Combined I O Board Figure 11 Combined 1 0 Board Frame 4 7 uo EEEEHEHED DO 1 COM VOLTAGE 2 5 ooo c Ld DO1NO 00 2 00 2 COM Be 2 DO2NO DIGITAL Sip ___ ____ OUTPUT GRID LLLI H DO 3 DO3NO voLtace 62 5 cres o DO 4 COM T8 DO4NO CNTRLPWR 1 PRECHARGE OUT 2 00 5 NC DO 5 COM SHUNT TRIP 3 00 5 sw24v 4 TEMPSWINV 75 DO 6 NC TEMPSW 6 meee DIGITAL PRECHA
16. 1891 1 alvo aio zi 30v 3831NI M3ABO 1 9 133HS 335 133HS 338 55 ONAS OV or oe TT ing Saved ans oved3as rni asus EE ER INSERT ON EE seen 0 1 WNH3INI ur i Sr 1130 335 61 32018 5966 1 ASSY 0 1 OV zv 39V 3H 31NI OMINOO NIV NO 43000N3 0 1 Se NO 31891 33S 3 ASSV JOVAYSLNI MENACE S3MOd 8331311033 fe Fe 2 PEETRE 32 3431 39V JH 31NI SNOILVOINDINNOO 0 98664 ASSV 10 1 09 831311934 Liv sng n sna zi sna 1 v 133HS 335 5 455 lOMINOO YALAANI OL 24 76 37 ea E 3153 38 e 31238 sr m 1 ma S391430 xOVBO334 22076 0408 SNOILVOINDQIWAOO ZOE WO IOVIS or 4 3OV 3831NI SNOILVOINQINWOO IVNS3LNI 3OVIUGLNI YOLINON YIMOd NO
17. za 9 OL d 0v80334 T Vid p IN BND iNawsno XOVBQ314 INIYANI t IND PES 100 NI 4 1 AlddNS 21901 AlddNS 21901 i 2018 Lt a 1 BE WNINSSL W 5_ 2 Ty 3199 HOLIMS Andino FOVINALNI o 1 Ov ONS NI 2 aio Bev we 100 Alddhns 3 1 AlddNS 31V9 YIMOT 31V9 N3MO1 1130 335 1 22 52v LOv GOv6 E ow ee oc 2v80334 AlddNS M3MOd MOQ gin SOd Z 32018 VNIWH3L vey t 2 ez LOV L168v1 NI 4 1 Alddn i ASSY AvZ NOlldO 0 1 015 indno A1ddns 3179 u3aan F amp E oars oF S 1a3HS 335 3SN3S iez 1 SERES seniveldenat 5 13385 335 1991 NERS ms SINAN JAIAN meis ae ee Zr ASSV 1891 33133ANI OL He sect E SR L PAN LLL LLLI DO G 133 5 335 PIOS yaad ASSV 189 M3lM3ANI OL avo p 39V 48 31NI 33009N3 OF 1 3 5 335 5 8 EM HONAS ASSY dOMINOO NO 3181 335 i E V OL 81 u5m or j S 133 5 336 SELLE ASSY JOVAYSILNI ne En Z ASSV 1891 YJLYJANI OI SAEN E ES
18. Feedback 100 0 100 Error 100 0 100 Output 100 0 100 Motor OL 0 0 100 Drive OL 0 0 100 Application see below see below see below 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 If Analog Out Sel 342 is set to Application 14 and the drive is a Frame 3 drive firmware version 1 x then the source of the analog output value is the value in Appl Analog Out 31 and the values entered in that parameter can range from 4 000 mA resulting in an analog output level corresponding to Analog Out Lo to 20 000 mA resulting an analog output level corresponding to Analog Out1 Hi If Analog Out Sel 342 is set to Application 14 and the drive is Frame 4 drive firmware version 2 x then the value entered in App Analog Out 31 is output directly on the analog output irrespective of the values of Analog Outl Hi 343 and Analog Out Lo 344 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 344 Analog Out1 Lo Range 4 000 20 000 mA 0 001 mA 10 000V 0 1V 0 0 10 000V 0 1V Default 4 0 Access 0 Path Inputs amp Outputs gt Analog Outputs Seealso 31 342 343 Sets the user configurable analog output value when the source value is at minimum See Analog Out1 Hi 343 for more information See AC Line I O Board Description Frame 3 Only on page 25 through Combined I O Board Description Frame Only on page 29 for a description of I O hardware that is p
19. d ONIONI TICON 2103185 8 3 804 8 NIGININ WIO ONIONI SE38WTN TH0ON 0109135 2 1 ne O SION A 66 SIONN 16 ETETEA ONDO SE FSV M 18 354 18 133 5 335 e xn ONDO vi SHON M Or SION A 66 SION Sng 90 7E 304 z8 96 ONDO SE M 28 92 28 Ee Tl 28 25 ONOSNSI Z8 1E XAN 84728 0 11062 38d v8 62 EMEKA SON 28 12 DINA Z8 92 92 ann 78 L33HS 335 50708 z zon THONS 28 22 21046728 12 74 11052 3384 28 61 XS 3384 28 28 si vi NA EL NA NACL 0i 6 0990 8 4 5 2 WOO y WIO Q21 SOV4UALNI OHLNOO 10 79 081 ASSY
20. 293 Accel Owner Range See Stop Owner 288 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Communication gt Masks amp Owners See also 276 285 Adapter that currently has exclusive control of selecting Accel Time 1 2 294 Owner See Stop Owner 288 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Communication gt Masks amp Owners See also 276 285 Adapter that currently has exclusive control of selecting Decel Time 1 2 295 Fault Clr Owner CO Range See Stop Owner 288 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Communication Masks amp Owners See also 276 285 Adapter that is presently clearing fault 296 MOP Owner Range See Stop Owner 288 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Communication gt Masks amp Owners See also 276 285 Modules that are currently issuing increases or decreases in MOP command frequency Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 137 Chapter 9 138 297 LocalOwner Range See Stop Owner 288 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Communication gt Masks amp Owners See also 276 285 Adapter that has requested exclusive control of drive logic functions Ifan adapter is in local lockout all other functions except stop on all other modules are locked out and non functional Local control is obtained only when the drive is stopped 300 Data In A1 Link A Word 1 301 Data In A2 Link A Word 2 CoJ Range 0
21. AAN XI x 0101110 1 Enabled 15 14 13 124110 9 817 6 5 413 2 1 0 O0 Disabled Nibble4 Nibble3 Nibble2 Nibble1 Heserved Bit Factory Default Bit Values Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 83 Chapter 9 84 Bit 0 Reflect Wave Enables disables reflected wave correction software which reduces overvoltage transients from the drive to the motor For lead lengths beyond 91 m 300 ft enable this feature Bit 1 Enable Jerk Enables disables the jerk limit in the current limiter that helps to eliminate overcurrent trips on fast accelerations Disable this feature if your application requires the actual acceleration of the motor to be faster than 25 seconds Bit 2 Xo Auto Calc This bit has no function in Liquiflo 2 0 drives Bit 3 Extend Range This bit is for engineering use only 57 FluxUp Mode Range 0 Manual 1 Automatic Default 0 Manual Access 1 Path Motor Control gt Attributes See also 53 58 Manual 0 Flux is established for Flux Up Time 58 before acceleration Auto 1 Flux is established for a calculated time period based on motor nameplate data Flux Up Time 58 is not used 58 Flux Up Time Range 0 00 5 00 sec 0 01 sec Default 0 0 sec Access 1 Path Motor Control gt Torq Attributes See also 53 58 Sets the amount of time the drive uses to
22. 257
23. Sava1u3Mod 1ndino i Sava183MOd OV 489 OLOR 18340 EIEN 418014201 189 oLIOR 31841336 445 335 335 335 3181335 ASSY 520 e ASSY gol 520 2 ASSY 189 U3IH3ANI ASSY IOE assy ugolualaoay ASSY 1891 43141103H assy 1891 21 MASSY 1891 LIWE 5 zt 5 TA I I I 5 H 2 5 He s 4 A 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 Y deg Eg h i PD e 5 ell e s 65 5 5 al A 5 4 n 4 n du Qiu T n ay H n qu H TN INIOd Sum 1N3W3HnS V3 90 10010081 4 m4 SVL 33S 318 1338 3141038 31891345 53 563 553 SS3NHvH AWAL dg 318 1338 31841345 53 663 31 A J HOSNAS ALV dTIIHO HAISLLOSY au HOSNAS ANAL H3LUSANI ae V yeh yt pir Ses Se es eee SNA AVDEL 3sNas 10V 105181 18 2 24 8048 18 0 WIO WIO 091 LNNOW T3Nvd ONIONI
24. Power Loss 3 Input power unavailable or AC line synchronization not possible 1 Monitor the incoming AC line for low voltage or line power interruption for longer than inverter Power Loss Time 185 Enable disable 2 Check AC line voltage feedback wiring and signal path This includes the with inverter Fault Config 1 238 Combined 1 0 board and the Combined Control board Power Phased 239 Input power is phased ACB rather than ABC Switch two of the input power phases Precharge Closed 233 One or more precharge contactors was closed when it should 1 Check AUX contacts on precharge contactor s be open 2 Check bit 15 in rectifier parameter Dig In Status 216 to view status of input 3 Check wiring Precharge Opened 234 One or more precharge contactors was open when it should be 1 Check AUX contacts on precharge contactor s closed 2 Check bit 15 in rectifier parameter Dig In Status 216 to view status of input 3 Check wiring Pwr Brd Chksum1 104 The checksum read from the Combined Power board inverter Clear the fault or cycle power to the drive EEPROM does not match the checksum calculated from the EEPROM status data Pwr Brd Chksum2 105 The checksum read from the Combined Power board inverter 1 Check connections between Combined Control board and Combined EEPROM does not match the checksum calculated from the Power board If this fixes the problem use inverter Reset To
25. 4 Reprogram all drive parameters 1 0 Board AC Line 1 0 Board or Standard 1 0 Board No special actions are required after replacing either of these boards LiquiFlo 2 0 Frame 4 Firmware Setup Procedures Combined Control Board IMPORTANT fault 106 Incompat MCB PB or fault 235 Rctfr Pwr Board occurs after replacing board or at any other point during this procedure then the new combined control board is incompatible with the old combined power board or the data stored on the old combined power board has become corrupt Replace the old combined power board 1 Reset all inverter parameters to defaults by setting inverter parameter 197 Reset to Defalts to 1 The value of parameter 197 Reset to Defalts returns to 0 immediately after 1 is written to memory This action should clear faults 100 Parameter Checksum and 107 Replaced MCB PB 2 Reset all rectifier parameters to defaults by setting rectifier parameter 197 Reset to Defalts to 1 The value of parameter 197 Reset to Defalts returns to 0 immediately after 1 is written to memory 3 If drive is still faulted attempt to reset the fault using the normal procedure See Clearing Drive Faults on page 222 If drive is still faulted after this attempt is made troubleshoot on the basis of the current fault 4 Reprogram all drive parameters 224 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 10 Combined Power Board IMPORTANT drive
26. DPI Port 5 For Frame 3 drives the Communication Interface board contains three DIN connectors that are used as DPI communication ports Figure 12 These ports provide communication between the LiquiFlo 2 0 drive and other DPI devices for example an OIM or a personal computer running the VS Utilities software The three connectors DPI ports 3 4 and 5 are equivalent This manual assumes that peripherals are always plugged into DPI port 3 Figure 12 DPI Communication Interface Board Frame 3 DPI Port 4 DPI Port 3 For Frame 4 drives there is only one DPI port accessible via the OIM connector on the front panel of the power module see Figure 13 An internal cable connects this connector to the DIN connector on the control board A device plugged directly into this connector uses DPI port 3 If there is a requirement that multiple DPI peripheral devices be connected a DPI port expander box can be used but no device should be plugged into the DPI Port 2 connector because the rectifier connects to the inverter using that port Figure 13 Power Module Bottom Left Front View Frame 4 Connect OIM Here Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 2 Optional Equipment Table 3 lists standard LiquiFlo 2 0 kits and options Table 3 Available LiquiFlo 2 0 Kits and Options Description Model Number Instruction Manual Operator Interface Modu
27. X 15 14 13 12111109 8 7 6 5 4132 1 0 Nibble4 Nibble2 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 171 Chapter 9 Frame 4 drives firmware version 2 x only Figure 71 Rectifier Status 101 Frame 4 C S gt S o QS Su oy VS So OW X gt VIG SS eS SS X 15 14 13 12 1110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 10 Nibble4 Nibble2 Nibble1 Reserved Bit 102 Vdc Optimize Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Default 0 Disabled Access 0 Dynamic Control gt Bus Voltage See also 103 104 107 108 109 Selects whether DC bus voltage Vdc optimization is enabled or disabled At low speeds the inverter requires a lower DC bus voltage so the voltage supplied by the rectifier can be lowered to reduce switching losses The DC bus voltage must be greater than the peak of the AC line so this feature is more useful with 400V AC input If Vdc Optimize 102 is set to Disabled the DC bus voltage generated by the rectifier while the rectifier or the entire drive is running is calculated based a combination of the value of Vdc Reference 103 and measured line to line voltage of the AC line In this case Vde Reference 103 defines the minimum DC bus voltage that the rectifier commands
28. 29 Chapter 2 30 Digital Outputs The combined I O board provides two user configurable digital outputs using connector positions designated DO1 and DO2 These two digital outputs configured using inverter parameters Digital Sel through Digital Out2 Off Time 380 387 The combined I O board contains six special purpose digital outputs using connector positions designated DO3 DO8 The state of these six outputs can be changed by writing to inverter parameter Appl Digital Out 30 All eight digital output devices are form C relays capable of switching 250V AC at 8 A or 30V DC at 8 A The combined I O board also contains dedicated terminals for driving the shunt trip circuit Analog Inputs The combined I O board provides two user configurable analog inputs Configure the inputs using inverter parameters Anlg In Config through Analog In 2 Loss 320 327 Each analog input has two modes voltage sensing input senses 10 10 V and current sensing input senses 0 mA 20 mA Separate terminals on the standard I O board are used for each mode The mode for both inputs are selected via inverter parameter Anlg In Config 320 If the bit corresponding to a particular analog input is set to 1 then the analog input is in current sensing mode if set to O it is in voltage sensing mode The following table describes the correspondence between the mode of each user configurable analog input and the combined I
29. Chapter 9 13 Input kW Range 2400 0 kW 0 1 kW Default Read Only Access 0 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The input power is displayed as kW Motoring power is positive and generating power is negative 14 Input Pwr Factor Range 0 00 2 00 0 01 Default Read Only Access 0 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The input power factor is displayed as 1 00 for unity Values greater than 1 indicate leading power factor 15 Motoring kWh Range 0 0 429496729 5 kWh 0 1 kWh Default Read Only Access 0 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The elapsed kWh consumed is displayed as x x kWh This parameter is reset through the Reset Meters 200 parameter 16 Regen kWh Range 0 0 429496729 5 kWh 0 1 kWh Default Read Only Access 0 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The elapsed kWh consumed is displayed as x x kWh This parameter is reset through the Reset Meters 200 parameter 17 Elapsed Run Time Range 0 0 429496729 5 hour 0 1 hour Default Read Only Access 0 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The elapsed run time is displayed as x x hours This parameter is reset through the Reset Meters 200 parameter Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 165 Chapter 9 166 18 Base Temp 20 0 120 0 C 0 1 C Default Read Only Access 0 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The hottest measured rectifier IGBT m
30. Chapter 9 For the LiquiFlo 2 0 drive always set this parameter to 0 Disabled useful for preventing nuisance overvoltage faults resulting from aggressive decelerations overhauling loads and eccentric loads It forces the output frequency to be greater than commanded frequency while the drive s bus voltage is increasing towards levels that would otherwise cause a fault However it can also cause either of the following two conditions to occur ATTENTION The adjust freq portion of the bus regulator function is extremely e Fast positive changes in input voltage more than 10 increase within 6 minutes can cause uncommanded positive speed changes however an OverSpeed Limit fault occurs if the speed reaches Max Speed Overspeed Limit If this condition is unacceptable action should be taken to 1 limit supply voltages within the specification of the drive and 2 limit fast positive input voltage changes to less than 1096 Without taking such actions if this operation is unacceptable the adjust freq portion of the bus regulator function must be disabled see parameters 161 and 162 e Actual deceleration times can be longer than commanded deceleration times however a Decel Inhibit fault is generated ifthe drive stops decelerating altogether If this condition is unacceptable the adjust freq portion of the bus regulator must be disabled see parameters 161 and 162 In addition installing a properly sized dynamic brake resis
31. Max Motor Volts 107 is the maximum RMS motor voltage requirement that be calculated by the Optimize function The Vdc Optimize function calculates the motor voltage requirement as Max Motor Volts 107 when the output motor frequency is equal to Base Motor Freq 109 and from that point linearly varies the calculated motor voltage requirement down to 0 Volts at 0 Hz output frequency If the output frequency is greater than Base Motor Frequency 109 the calculated motor voltage requirement is limited to Max Motor Volts 107 If Vdc Optimize 102 is set to Enabled Max Motor Volts 107 should have the same value as inverter parameter Maximum Voltage 54 If Vdc Optimize 102 is set to Disabled Max Motor Volts 107 is not used 108 Motor Freq Range 5 0 400 0 0 1 Hz Default 130 0 Access 0 Path Dynamic Control gt Load Limits See also 102 104 107 109 inverter 55 The maximum frequency that can be commanded by the inverter This value is used for calculating drive output frequency as part of the determination of the optimal DC bus voltage to command Max Motor Freq 108 should have the same value as inverter parameter Maximum Freq 55 This parameter is only used if Vdc Optimize 102 is set to Enabled Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 109 Base Motor Freq Range 5 0 400 0 0 1 Hz Default 60 0 Access 0 Path Dynamic Control gt Load L
32. SALMI A BINAN 21 II 133 5 ae v 1335 133 5 1 5 ue I he erc 1335 v 13365 UTER 13365 13395 E ae a eee ae vss rug EIE Er GE 33s HUIIUUI A SiS 355 33s 335 cpu AIME ene 3Ovd SIHL NO 318v 335 39Vd SIHL NO 318VL 335 3OVd SIHL NO 335 3OVd SIHL NO 318Vl 335 y ASSY 1991 MILIAN EX ASSY 1991 52 Z ASSY 1991 3239 E ASSY 1991 N3iJio34 EY 44440 310014 YAMOT WO1108 253 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Appendix Notes 254 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Frame 4 Wiring Diagrams Appendix D LiquiFlo 2 0 Drive Frame 4 Wiring Diagrams See the following pages for these LiquiFlo 2 0 Frame 4 wiring diagrams Figure 109 Drive Assembly Cabinet Wiring Diagram Frame 4 on page 256 Figure 110 Power Module Wiring Diagram Frame 4 sheet 1 on page 257 Figure 111 Power Module Control Wiring Diagram Frame 4 sheet 2 on page 258 Figure 112 Power Module Inverter Rectifier Wiring Diagram Frame 4 sheet 3 on page 259 Figure 113 Power Module Rectifier IGBT Wiring Diagram Frame 4 sheet 4 on page 260 Figure 114 Power Module Inverter IGBT Wiring Diagram Frame 4 sheet 5 on page 261 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 Ma
33. XiXIX XIXIXIX X X X 1 1 1 1 Control Enabled 15 14 13121110 9 817 6 5 4 0 0 Control Disabled Nibble 4 Nibble3 Nibble2 Nibble1 Reserved Bit Factory Default Bit Values 281 Accel Mask See Reference Mask 280 Default See Reference Mask 280 Access 1 Path Communication gt Masks amp Owners See also 288 297 Controls which modules can select Accel Time 1 2 140 141 282 Decel Mask Range See Reference Mask 280 Default See Reference Mask 280 Access 1 Path Communication gt Masks amp Owners See also 288 297 Controls which modules select Decel Time 1 2 142 143 283 Fault Clr Mask Range See Reference Mask 280 Default See Reference Mask 280 Access 1 Path Communication gt Masks amp Owners See also 288 297 Controls which modules can clear a fault 284 Mask See Reference Mask 280 Default See Reference Mask 280 Access 1 Path Communication gt Masks amp Owners See also 288 297 Controls which modules can issue MOP commands to the drive 285 Local Mask Range See Reference Mask 280 Default See Reference Mask 280 Access 1 Path Communication gt Masks amp Owners See also 288 297 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 135 Chapter 9 136 Controls which modules are allowed to take exclusive control of drive logic
34. co 1 1 61 0679 9071 dJa 00791 061 871 1dN v 104100 1NY1002 ATNO 0 S555 001 2 4 1 197821 el 16 5 1 057 1 169 JL 189661 sri an SINJA 06276 X 01 SLE 19 1072611 01751 161 00 09 le 030838 43402 QAAOWIY 43409 HLIM ONINTdO 8 01 X 9721 HLIM ONINTdO S1 X 9701 TINVd 9NIUIM 114100 12711 4 TETIT anya ONIYIM 109100 81791 ONIMIM 8811 37 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 3 LF200460AAR and LF200608CCR Frame 3 Imensions Figure 15 Power Module D Z ILON Sv 3NVS 131100 8 MJA NOLOA 5 34 56 802 29350 AB 03017086 NOLLO3NNOO 1841002 30 8 18 0 N d NHINNVH 7334
35. 01 1 1 220 Rockwell Automation Publication 02 3518 3 May 2013 Replacement Parts Frame 4 Power Module Table 34 LiquiFlo 2 0 Power Module Replacement Parts Frame 4 Only Chapter 10 Description Part Number Kit Number Quantity Quantity LF200900CCR LF201215CCR Combined Power PCB Assembly 900 A 211 316972 A02 1 Combined Power PCB Assembly 1215 A 211 316972 A01 1 Wire Harness Assembly Gate Driver 181565 C04 L1 two of each 2 2 181565 C05 L2 two of each 181565 C06 L3 two of each Internal Fan 24V DC 211 181775 A02 1 1 internal to power module Internal Fan 24V DC 211 181775 03 2 2 on bottom of power module Wire Harness Assembly Internal Fan 180316 Q01 1 1 Wire Harness Assembly Gate Driver 180427 001 1 1 Rectifier Side Wire Harness Assembly DC Power 180427 002 1 1 Current Feedback Device 1000 A 180307 001 1 1 Wire Harness Assembly DC Bus Resistors 180315 002 1 1 Current Feedback Device 2000 A 179757 Q01 6 6 Wire Harness Assembly Current Feedback 181566 03 1 1 Device Rectifier Side Wire Harness Assembly Current Feedback 181566 04 1 1 Device Inverter Side Wire Harness Assembly RTD Rectifier Side 181567 03 1 1 Wire Harness Assembly RTD Inverter Side 181567 C04 1 1 Cable Assembly 40 pin 179828 001 2 2 Combined Control Assembly 211 180325 01 Combined 1 0 Assembly 211 180370 01 1 1 Cable Assembly 20 194706
36. 338 EON 0d 378 3513 392 804 OMS INT ZV quoius esu uw p E UO 2 WE A021 4 4 002 3 02 vi 102 A 8 02 eb T09 vC E I7 dir 92 VIZ vez M D or 1934 gt 6 QN9V 0 1 02 902 8 0 720 21 u L QN9Y70 1 MOS 5400 NOLV OSI ONY rn uonoeuo dojs 3 6 O TAS 5y dvo 0 1 6ni op 8000 av lt vo uc gni vos z E m Vest ogcav L TT 772 pe VIS DA0L S3OVLTOA 30N383338 22 SSY siqpanbyuo M S 009 v1 tst 9 0 pugz y queuing z 8152 30 Prot bow Z TUR 8052 ON pasoi 0 Z 195 sinfjno pugz y queuing z NN 0 0 1 QuvONVIS 180 pybiq 14 0 1 0 1 901 a 0602 T sjpubls 2 ojjmbr1 0 4 8602 2009 05 1ndNI LL p LJ S WOO ASL l mox eng 8902 qn 6 Hdl ZHO9 0S OVASLI TOMLNOD vs m a UH lal VI Kener S 55 0 q Ii 009 v0Z OVASLL 9 YINYOISNVAL 1 0 02 vor 2800 a a n 089 3d 22 SSY Rockwell Automation Publication
37. 600V 300 A 15 G gate kill 38 hardware version how to determine 223 humidity 32 1 0 board description ACline 1 0 board frame 3 only 21 combined 1 0 board frame 4 only 25 optional standard 1 0 board frame 3 only 23 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 IGBT output components 226 input ratings 37 input current rating 20 input diode components 226 input power drive 20 inputs analog ACline 1 0 board 21 combined 1 0 board 26 optional standard 1 0 board 23 digital ACline 1 0 board 21 combined 1 0 board 25 optional standard 1 0 board 23 installation checklist 47 environmental conditions 31 planning 31 site requirements 31 total area required 32 instantaneous overcurrent 100 fault 186 integral control 93 inverter rectifier communication 136 fault 186 jog forward input drive response 151 reverse input drive response 151 K key descriptions 01 234 kits OIM door mount bezel kit 29 OIM LCD hand held cable 29 operator interface module OIM 29 serial converter with VS Utilities software 29 L LED status definitions hardware failure 194 inverter 194 rectifier 194 LEDs location frame 3 193 location frame 4 193 status 192 lift point locations frame 3 drive 41 power module 43 frame 4 drive 42 power module 43 lifting drive 41 power module 43 model numbers 20 motor lead lengths 38 motor type induction 75 reluctance 75 synchronous permanent magnet
38. Control board cannot read temperature information from 1 Clear faults inverter half of power board 2 If fault persists verify connections to power board 3 If fault still persists replace power board OverSpeed Limit 25 Functions such as slip compensation bus regulation have Remove excessive load or overhauling conditions or increase inverter attempted to add an output frequency adjustment greater Overspeed Limit 83 than that programmed in inverter Overspeed Limit 83 OverVoltage 5 DC bus voltage exceeded maximum value Monitor the AC line for high line voltage or transient conditions Bus overvoltage can also be caused by motor regeneration Extend the decel time Parameter Chksum 100 The calculated checksum does not match the stored checksum 1 Restore inverter defaults using inverter Reset To Defaults parameter for inverter parameter values read from the non volatile 197 memory on the control board 2 Reload user set if used or reprogram inverter parameters This fault can be cleared by writing a nonzero value to inverter 3 If fault recurs replace control board Reset To Defaults parameter 197 Params Defaulted 48 The drive was commanded to write default values to all 1 Clear the fault or cycle power to the drive inverter parameters 2 Program the inverter parameters as needed Phase U to Grnd 38 Aphase to ground fault has been detected between the drive 1 Check the wiring between the driv
39. Description Part Number Kit Number Quantity LF200460AAR LF200608CCR Wire Harness Assembly Line Sync 211 364644 A01 1 1 Wire Harness Assembly DC Bus Bleeder Resistors 179743 002 1 1 Wire Harness Assembly Gate Driver Rectifier Side 181770 A01 1 1 Wire Harness Assembly Gate Driver Inverter Side 181770 A01 1 1 Current Feedback Device 1000 A 179701 6 6 Wire Harness Assembly Current Feedback Device 363874 A01 1 1 Rectifier Control Assembly 211 180063 01 1 1 ACLine 1 0 Assembly 211 180090 01 1 1 Inverter Control Assembly 211 180064 A01 1 1 Connector Terminal Block 32 pin SK G9 TB1 S1 A 2 2 Internal Fan 211 181775 01 1 1 Rectifier Power Interface Assembly 440 A 2 300 A Modules 211 351839 04 1 608 A 2 450 Modules 211 351839 05 1 Inverter Power Interface Assembly 460 A 2 300 Modules 211 351893 04 1 608 2 450 Modules 211 351893 05 1 Insulation Sheet 179700 2 2 80 W Power Supply Assembly 211 180089 01 2 2 Terminal Block 2 position 179745 2 2 Wire Harness Assembly Power Supply Upper Gate 363869 A01 2 2 Wire Harness Assembly Power Supply Logic 179753 2 2 Wire Harness Assembly Power Supply Lower Gate 363880 A01 1 1 Communications Interface Assembly 211 180062 01 1 1 Cable Assembly 20 21M 194706 Q01 1 1 Cable Assembly 30 pin 179694 001 2 2 Cable Assembly 40 pin 179828 001 2 2 Standard 1 0 Option 24V Assembly 211 180060 01 1 1 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3
40. May 2013 69 Chapter 9 Inverter Parameters 70 1 Output Freq Range 400 0 Hz 0 1 Hz Default Read Only Access 0 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The output frequency present at T 1 T2 and T3 U and W 2 Commanded Freq Range 400 0 Hz 0 1 Hz Default Read Only Access 0 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The value of the active frequency command 3 Output Current Range 0 0 3276 7 0 1 A Default Read Only Access 0 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The total RMS output current present at T1 2 and U and W 4 TorqueCurrent Range 1800 0 A 0 1 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The amount of output current that is in phase with the fundamental voltage component 5 Flux Current Range 1800 0 A 0 1A Default Read Only Access 1 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The amount of output current that is out of phase with the fundamental voltage component Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 6 Output Voltage Range 0 0 600 0V AC 0 1V AC Default Read Only Access 1 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The RMS output voltage present at terminals T1 T2 and T3 U and W 7 Output Power Range 0 2400 0 kW 0 1 kW Default Read Only Access 1 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The output power present at T2 and
41. Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 8 7 Input Voltage RS 109 Base Motor Freq 200 Reset Meters 8 Input Voltage ST 110 VML Ki 201 Language 9 Input Voltage TR 111 VML Kp 203 Drive Checksum 10 DC Bus Voltage 112 CML Ki 211 Drive Alarm 11 Active Voltage 113 CML Kp 214 Inhibits 12 Reactive Voltage 114 VML Reset Level 216 Digln Status 13 Input kW 120 Cold Plate Temp 217 Dig Out Status 14 Input Pwr Factor 121 Invtr Base Temp 220 Fault Frequency 15 Motoring kWh 122 Rctfr Base Temp 221 Fault Amps R 16 Regen kWh 123 222 FaultAmpsS 17 Elapsed Run Time 124 CPCK2 223 Fault AmpsT 18 Rctfr Base Temp 125 High Temp Limit 224 Fault Amps 0 19 Rctfr IGBT Temp 126 Low Temp Limit 225 Fault Amps D 20 Retfr IT Overld 127 Start Move Time 226 Fault Volts Vdc 21 Rctfr 12T Overld 128 Delay After Move 227 Fault Volts Q 22 Line I Imbalance 129 Ambient Temp 228 Fault Volts D 23 Line V Imbalance 150 Input Load Amps 234 Testpoint 1 Sel 26 Rated kW 151 Current Limit 235 Testpoint 1 Data 27 Rated Volts 152 Life KW H 236 Testpoint 2 Sel 28 Rated Amps 153 Life Run Time 237 Testpoint 2 Data 29 Control SW Ver 154 Life Power Time 238 Fault Config 60 V Imbalance Lmt 155 Life Power Cycle 240 Fault Clear 61 V Imbalance Time 156 DPI Error 241 Fault To Invertr 62 I Imbalance Lmt 157 CS Msg Rx Cnt 242 Power Up Marker 63 Imbalance Time 158 CS Msg Tx Cnt 2
42. Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 81 Chapter 9 82 49 Imbalance Limit Range 0 0 40 0 0 1 Default 10 0 Access 1 Path Motor Control gt Motor Data See also 50 221 Sets the fault threshold for motor current imbalance If inverter Imbalance Count 221 exceeds inverter Imbalance Limit 49 for longer than the time in inverter Imbalance Time 50 the drive faults with the Motor I Imbalance fault fault 37 50 ImbalanceTime Range 1 0 10 0 0 1 sec Default 5 0 Access 1 Path Motor Control gt Motor Data See also 49 221 Sets the time delay in generating a motor current imbalance fault If inverter Imbalance Count 221 exceeds inverter Imbalance Limit 49 for longer than the time in inverter Imbalance Time 50 the drive faults with the Motor I Imbalance fault fault 37 Also sets the time delay in generating a Current Feedback Lost Fault fault 35 If this parameter is set to exactly 10 0 seconds then the Current Feedback Lost Fault does not occur 53 Torque Perf Mode 5 0 Sensrls Vect 1 SV Economize 2 Custom V Hz 3 Fan Pmp V Hz Default 0 Sensrls Vect Access 0 Path Motor Control gt Torq Attributes See also 62 63 69 70 Sets the method of motor torque production 54 Maximum Voltage Range Rated Volts x 0 25 to Rated Volts 0 1V AC Default Drive Rated Volts Access 0 Path Motor Control gt Torg Attributes See also rect
43. auto restart 106 C capacitors discharging 5 47 191 225 hazardous voltages 5 47 191 225 power factor correction 31 verifying voltage 191 dearance air flow 37 Coast to rest 58 combined 1 0 board description frame 4 only 25 communication inverter rectifier 136 components locations drive frame 3 10 drive frame 4 15 power module frame 3 12 power module frame 4 17 comunication port 28 conduit opening sizes 37 control wire sizes 37 controlling the drive from the OIM 242 cooling system refrigerant 230 customizing OIM function keys 239 OIM process display screen 239 D DC bus capacitors Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Index discharging 5 47 191 225 hazardous voltages 5 47 191 225 power factor correction 31 verifying voltage 191 measuring points frame 3 192 frame 4 192 voltage 191 derating output power 31 device items how to select 225 device version how to determine 224 diagnostic parameters 211 list of diagnostic parameters 225 digital inputs 1 0 board 21 combined 1 0 board 25 optional standard 1 0 board 23 digital outputs ACline 1 0 board 21 combined 1 0 board 26 optional standard 1 0 board 23 dimensions drives 32 power modules 32 DIN connectors 28 diode input components 226 direction modes bipolar 111 reverse disable 111 uniploar 111 display timeout period setting 242 DPI communication port 28 drive frame 3 component loc
44. 0 1 seconds Default 1 0 Access 0 Path Configuration gt AC Line See also 23 60 An Input V Imbalance fault fault 226 is generated if Line V Imbalance 23 is greater than V Imbalance Lmt 60 for this amount of time Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 62 IImbalance Lmt 0 0 40 0 0 1 Default 30 0 Access 0 Path Configuration gt AC Line See also 22 63 The allowed level of imbalance in input current entered as x x 63 IImbalance Time Range 1 01010 0 seconds 0 1 seconds Default 10 0 Access 0 Path Configuration gt AC Line See also 22 62 An Input I Imbalance fault fault 225 is generated if Line I Imbalance 22 is greater than I Imbalance Limit 62 for this amount of time 64 RideThrough Ena Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Default 0 Disabled Access 0 Path Configuration gt AC Line See also 65 inverter 184 185 If Ride Through Ena 64 is set to Disabled then any interruption in input power or AC line synchronization causes an immediate AC Line Lost fault fault 227 If Ride Through Ena 64 is set to Enabled then any interruption in input power or AC line synchronization causes the rectifier to enter its standby state and start its ride through timer If the ride through timer expires before the input synchronization loss ends the Ride Thru Abort fault fault 221 occurs If the input power synchronization loss ends
45. 30v4831NI SNOLLVOINDWWOO WNHBLNI 39v4831NI SOVIUSLNI wNOlLdO WVHOVIG INON H3MOd sia 9 910 5 HOLO3NNOO y E meon 2 1 ESETA Taxa WI axi Wo O SNOLYOINQIWWOO eu 8 5 6 d 5 8 qxi was QuvO 8 2 gael eer GENA 4 20995 21 L 9 119315 9 ae ws HNV E 1918 1702 ON 108 i 2 on MN NN mon e NONO 1804N2S 1 iM W ar T Ux a u Ono 5725 25 SE 205 205 3 3 852 150 1E VISI VIS 0 VON3 va VE WSO 62 82 52 5050 82 12 804 SONS 72 ONW ONW 92 Z ONW ONW 52 15 MEA 154 159 22 210 42 12105 108 12 02 02 8 29 BYV 43479 ONW 0 8 ONW ONW 6 8 9 se wn s Y evo avd Y E OD 0 2 989 289 2 2 vuela OHINO
46. 6 Oo T DI 24v LT T 024 co 6 015 aot T 8 5 06 DIGITAL A01 2 407 INPUT wae Oe Eq 3 bia 2 A02 4 DICOM2 OUTPUT 4 5 ED aS DICOM 6 A04 T Og toe E Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 43 Chapter 3 Notes 44 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Lifting and Mounting the Drive Chapter 4 Mounting The Power Module and Grounding the Drive This chapter shows how to mount and properly ground the drive Be careful to prevent damage due to dropping or jolting when moving the drive A forklift truck or similar means of lifting and transporting may be used Sling in a manner that equalizes the load at the lifting points Use a spreader bar if the angle of the sling is less than 45 degrees relative to horizontal Do not jolt while lifting Figure 19 Lift Point Locations for LiquiFlo 2 0 Drives Frame 3 Lifting Points Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 45 Chapter 4 Figure 20 Lift Point Locations for LiquiFlo 2 0 Drives Frame 4 Lifting Points Use the following procedure to lift and mount the LiquiFlo 2 0 drive 1 Use an overhead or portable hoist minimum 2 ton rated capacity to attach a free fall chain to the chain secured to t
47. Captures and displays Drive Status 2 bit pattern at the time of last fault Figure 54 Status 2 Fault 228 LOI SSSI IA SSIES ISSO SWIRL SVT PSS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Condition True 15 14 13 12 1110 9 877 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 O Condition False Nibble4 Nibble3 Nibble2 Nibble1 Reserved Bit 229 1 Fault See Figure 55 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Utility gt Diagnostics See also 211 224 230 Captures and displays Drive Alarm 1 at the time of the last fault Figure 55 Alarm 1 Fault 229 SE 860 GILES AS S s A AD SAO C GS S X X1x 0 0 0 0 0 0 x 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Alarm Active 15 14 13 1211110 9 817 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 O Alarm Inactive Nibble4 Nibble3 Nibble2 Nibble1 Bit 230 Marm2 Fault Range See Figure 56 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Utility gt Diagnostics See also 211 221 230 Captures and displays Drive Alarm 2 bit pattern at the time of last fault Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 127 Chapter 9 128 Figure 56 Alarm 2 Fault 230 1 Alarm Active 0 Alarm Inactive 1 x Reserved X X X 15 14 18 1 Nibble 4 Nibble 3 Nibble 2 Nibbl Bit 234
48. Chapter 9 197 ResetTo Defalts Range 0 Ready 1 Factory 2 Low Voltage 3 High Voltage Default 0 Ready Access 0 Path Utility gt Drive Memory See also Resets all inverter parameter values to defaults Option 1 resets the inverter to factory settings Options 2 and 3 resets the inverter to alternate voltage and current rating After a restore defaults operation is performed the value of this parameter returns to 0 for Ready 198 Load Frm Usr Set Range 0 Ready 1 User Set 1 2 User Set 2 3 User Set 3 Default 0 Ready Access 0 Path Utility gt Drive Memory See also 199 Loads a previously saved set of inverter parameter values from a selected user set location in drive non volatile memory to active drive memory An F Key on the OIM can be configured for this function See Appendix B After a Load From User Set operation is performed the value of this parameter returns to 0 for Ready 199 Save To User Set Col Range 0 Ready 1 User Set 1 2 User Set 2 3 User Set 3 Default 0 Ready Access 0 Path Utility gt Drive Memory See also 198 Saves the inverter parameter values in active drive memory to a user set in drive non volatile memory An F Key on the OIM can be configured for this function See Appendix B After a Save To User Set operation is performed the value of this parameter returns to 0 for Ready Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 1
49. Frame 3 Only on page 25 through Combined I O Board Description Frame 4 Only on page 29 for a description of I O hardware that is present on this drive and is controlled by the inverter 382 Dig Out1 OnTime Range 0 00 600 00 sec 0 01 sec Default 0 00 sec Access 1 Path Inputs amp Outputs gt Digital Outputs See also 380 Sets the on delay time for user configurable digital output 1 This is the time between the occurrence of a condition and activation of the user configurable digital output See AC Line I O Board Description Frame 3 Only on page 25 through Combined I O Board Description Frame 4 Only on page 29 for a description of I O hardware that is present on this drive and is controlled by the inverter 383 Out1 Range 0 00 600 00 sec 0 01 sec Default 0 00 sec Access 1 Path Inputs amp Outputs gt Digital Outputs See also 380 Sets the off delay time for user configurable digital output 1 This is the time between the disappearance of a condition and de activation of the user configurable digital output See AC Line I O Board Description Frame 3 Only on page 25 through Combined I O Board Description Frame 4 Only on page 29 for a description of I O hardware that is present on this drive and is controlled by the inverter Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 9 384 Digital Out2 Sel Selects the drive status that
50. Maximum Speed 0 1 Hz Default Maximum Speed Access 0 Path Speed Command gt Speed References See also 82 Scales the upper value ofthe Speed Ref B Sel 93 selection when the source is an analog input 95 Speed Ref B Lo Range Maximum Speed 0 1 Hz Default 0 0Hz Access 0 Path Speed Command Speed References Seealso 81 Scales the lower value of the Speed Ref B Sel 93 selection when the source is an analog input 96 TB Man Ref Sel Range 1 Analog In 1 2 Analog 2 3 8 Reserved 9 Level Default 2 Analog In 1 Access 0 Path Speed Command gt Speed References See also 97 98 Specifies the manual speed reference source when a digital input is configured for auto manual and manual reference mode is active 92 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 97 TB Man Ref Hi Range _ Maximum Speed 0 1 Hz Default Maximum Speed Access 0 Path Speed Command gt Speed References Seealso 96 Scales the upper value of the TB Man Ref Sel selection when the source is an analog input 98 TB Man Ref Lo Range Maximum Speed 0 1 Hz Default 0 0 Hz Access 0 Path Speed Command gt Speed References See also 96 Scales the lower value of the TB Man Ref Sel selection when the source is an analog input 100 Jog Speed Range 0 to Maximum Speed 0 1 Hz Default 10 0 Hz Access 0 Path Speed Command gt Discrete Speeds
51. May 2013 219 Chapter 10 Replacement Parts Frame 4 Drive Table 33 LiquiFlo 2 0 Drive Replacement Parts Frame 4 Only Description Part Number Kit Number Quantity Frame 4CC Frame 4CC 180580 A07 180580 A09 AC Contactor 300 A 120 V 100 D300ED11 3 3 Capacitor Bank Assembly 1215A 21T LCL CB10 1 905A 21T LCL CB11 1 Circuit Breaker Control 15 A 3 ph Qty 1 65kAIC base drive 1 211 380127 03 1 1 100kAIC option 0 211 380127 409 0 0 Fuse Block 30 600 Class CC 3 Line 117719 2 2 Fuse Block 30 A 600 V Class CC 2 Line 49454 19B 1 1 Lug 2 600 MCM Ground Thomas amp Betts ADR60 22D 1 1 115 V Fan SK L1 FAN3 F3 4 4 Transformer 5 kVA Multi tap 21T MISC B TR1 1 1 Precharge Resistor 47 Ohm 300W 211 322542 A02 set of 3 resistors 6 6 Circuit Breaker Main 1500 Qty 1 65kAIC base drive 1 211 380127 03 1 1 100KAIC option 0 211 380127 08 0 0 Circuit Breaker Handle and Shaft 21T CB A1500 HDL 1 1 Fuse Class CC 600 V 1 A Gould Shawmut 1 3 3 Fuse Class CC 600 V 10 Gould Shawmut ATQR10 1 1 Fuse Class CC 600 V 20 A Gould Shawmut t ATDR20 4 4 Terminal Block 4 Position 49455 93C 1 1 Terminal Block 10 Position 49455 93 2 2 900 A Power Module 21T LF200900CCR 1 1215 A Power Module 21T LF201215CCR 1 Inductor 905 21T 380097 A05 1 Inductor 1215 21T 380097 A06 1 Surge Suppressor 211 385253
52. Range Maximum Frequency 0 1 Hz Default 0 0 Hz Access 1 Path Speed Command gt Process PI Seealso 124 138 Sets the value used to load into the PI Integrator when PI is not enabled 134 PlStatus Range See Figure 42 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Speed Command Process PI See also 124 138 The present state of the process PI regulator Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 101 Chapter 9 102 Figure 42 Status 134 1 Condition True 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 0 Condition False Nibble4 Nibble3 Nibble2 Nibble1 X Reserved Bit Bit 0 PI Enabled Indicates whether or not the PI loop is enabled Bit 1 PI Hold Is set to 1 to indicate when a digital input is configured for PI Hold and is turned on or the PI Hold bit is set in PI Control 125 Bit 2 PI Reset Issetto 1 to indicate when the PI Integrator is being reset to zero Bit 3 PI InLimit Isset to to indicate when the PI output equals positive limit or negative limit 135 Ref Meter Range 100 00 0 01 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Speed Command gt Process PI See also 124 138 Present value of the PI reference signal 136 PlFdback Meter Range 100 00 0 01 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Speed Command gt Process Seealso 12
53. Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 215 Chapter 10 Table 24 through Table 30 describe common symptoms and corrective actions Table 24 Drive Does Not Start From Start Run Jog Inputs Wired to the Terminal Block Common Symptoms and Corrective Actions Indication s Cause s Flashing red Ready LED Drive is faulted Corrective Action Clear fault Press OIM stop key This action only succeeds if the clear faults function for that OIM is enabled using the Logic Mask 276 and Fault Clr Mask 283 Cycle power Set Fault Clear 240 to 1 Toggle terminal block stop or terminal block fault reset digital input This action only succeeds if the clear faults function for that is enabled using the Logic Mask 276 and Fault Clr Mask 283 Cycle power Incorrect operation from the terminal block Flashing yellow Ready LED and Digln CfictB indication on Drive Status 2 210 shows type 2 alarm s Indication None Incorrect input wiring e 2 wire control requires Run Run Forward or Run Reverse input s e 3 wire control requires Start and Stop inputs Jumper from terminal 7 to 8 is required Wire inputs correctly and or install jumper Incorrect digital input programming Mutually exclusive choices have been made 2 wire and 3 wire programming may be conflicting Exclusive functions for example direction control may have multiple inp
54. See AC Line I O Board Description Frame 3 Only on page 25 through Combined I O Board Description Frame 4 Only on page 29 for a description of I O hardware that is present on this drive and is controlled by the inverter 14 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 327 Analog 2 Loss Range 0 Disabled 1 Fault 2 Hold Input use last frequency command 3 Set Input Lo use Minimum Speed as frequency command 4 Set Input Hi use Maximum Speed as frequency command 5 Goto Preset use Preset as frequency command 6 Hold OutFreq maintain last output frequency Default 0 Disabled Access 1 Path Inputs amp Outputs gt Analog Inputs Seealso 91 92 320 326 327 Selects drive action when an analog signal loss is detected on user configurable analog input 2 e 1 0V signal loss 1 5 end of signal loss 2 0 mA signal loss 3 0 mA end of signal loss See AC Line I O Board Description Frame 3 Only on page 25 through Combined I O Board Description Frame 4 Only on page 29 for a description of I O hardware that is present on this drive and is controlled by the inverter One of the selections 1 Fault stops the drive on signal loss All other choices make it possible for the input signal to return to a usable level while the drive is still running signal to return to a usable level while the drive is running If a lost analog signal is restored while the dri
55. See also 53 72 83 Sets the voltage the drive will output Break Frequency 72 72 Break Frequency Range 0 0 250 0 0 1 Hz Default Motor NP Freq x 0 25 Access 1 Path Motor Control gt Volts per Hertz See also 53 71 83 Sets the frequency the drive will output at Break Voltage 71 80 Speed Mode Range 0 Open Loop 1 Slip Comp 2 Process PI Default 0 Open Loop Access 1 Path Speed Command Spd Mode amp Limits See also 124 138 Sets the method of speed regulation Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 87 Chapter 9 81 Minimum Speed Range 0 0 to Maximum Speed 0 1 Hz Default 0 0 Hz Access 0 Path Speed Command gt Spd Mode amp Limits See also 83 92 95 Sets the low limit for the speed reference after scaling is applied responsible for assuring safe conditions for operating personnel by providing suitable guards audible or visual alarms or other devices to indicate that the drive is operating or may operate at or near zero speed Failure to observe this precaution could result in severe bodily injury or loss of life ATTENTION The drive can operate at and maintain zero speed You are 82 Maximum Speed Co Range 5 0 250 0 0 1 Hz Default 60 0 Hz Access 0 Path Speed Command gt Spd Mode amp Limits See also 55 83 91 94 202 Sets the high limit for the speed reference after scaling is applied train mechanisms a
56. TAON ONIONI TAGON ejnpojN Je og 10 sway eseu eureixe E B exeu pue UMOYS episjno swa ao ay eee el ge WHALE 391430 vat seureu pue 10 01 2 sjaeys ees INSHUNO E Quvog 11 Il noad JOVANNI 27 SNOLIVOINnIWAOO HOLIMS 8 SALON SNOLLVOINNININOD 235 T e ro 1 ASSY 65 69 TOHLNOO ____ __ d a me 10 9 ASSY TOHLNOO ae JINON H3MOd AAY S hive SLOWSY 2 31801335 apu ae d on bd ASSY G3NISWOO lt 2 HOLO3NNOO 01 08 96 Rockwell Automation Publication 02 3518 3 May 2013 Appendix 0 Figure 111 Power Module Control Wiring Diagram Frame 4 sheet 2 8V9 021 ANNOW
57. Testpoint 1 Sel Range 0 65535 1 Default 499 Access 1 Path Utility gt Diagnostics See also 235 Selects the function whose value is displayed in Testpoint 1 Data 235 These are internal values that are not accessible through parameters 235 Testpoint 1 Data NY Range 0 4 294 697 295 1 Default 0 Access 1 Path Utility gt Diagnostics Seealso 234 The present value of the function selected in Testpoint 1 Sel 234 236 Testpoint 2 Sel Range 0 65535 1 Default 499 Access 1 Path Utility Diagnostics Seealso 237 Selects the function whose value is displayed in Testpoint 2 Data 237 These are internal values that are not accessible through parameters 237 Testpoint 2 Data NY Range 0 4 294 967 295 1 Default 0 Access 1 Path Utility gt Diagnostics See also 236 The present value of the function selected in Testpoint 2 Sel 236 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 238 Fault Config 1 Range See Figure 57 Default See Figure 57 Access 0 Path Utility gt Faults See also Enables disables annunciation of the faults shown in Figure 57 Figure 57 Fault Config 1 238 1 Enabled Nibble X s 9 8 7 1 3 2 1 0 O0 Disabled 4 Nibble 3 Nibble 2 Nibble 1 x Reserved Bit Factory Defauli t Bit Values 240 Fault Clear
58. Utility gt Diagnostics See also 30 380 384 This parameter contains the current state of digital outputs controlled by the inverter See AC Line I O Board Description Frame 3 Only on page 25 through Combined I O Board Description Frame 4 Only on page 29 for a description of I O hardware that is present on this drive and is controlled by the inverter Frame 3 drives firmware version 1 x only Current state of the user configurable digital outputs These outputs are located on the optional Standard I O board which is not present in all drives Figure 51 Dig Out Status 276 Frame 3 1 Output Energized 15 14 13 12 1110 9 817 6 5 432 1 0 Output De energized Nibble 4 Nibble3 Nibble2 Nibble1 Heserved Bit Frame 4 drives firmware version 2 x only Current state of the inverter controlled digital outputs Digital outputs 1 and 2 are the user configurable digital outputs Digital Outputs 3 8 are the application controlled digital outputs All of these digital outputs are located on the Combined I O board Figure 52 Dig Out Status 276 Frame 4 1 Condition True 0 Condition False 1 Reserved 1 0 15 14 13 12 1110 9 817 Nibble 4 Nibble 3 Nibble 2 Nibbl Bit Rockwell Automation Publication
59. analog output scaling 144 Anlg In Config 320 136 Anlg In Sqr Root 321 137 Anlg Out Absolute 341 142 Appl Analog Output 31 71 Appl Digital Output 30 70 Auto Rstrt Delay 175 106 Auto Rstrt Tries 174 105 Autotune 61 81 Break Frequency 72 83 Break Voltage 71 83 Bus Reg Gain 160 103 Bus Reg Kd 165 105 Bus Reg Kp 164 104 Bus Reg Mode A 161 103 Bus Reg Mode B 162 103 Carrier Frequency 151 101 Commanded Freq 2 66 Compensation 56 79 Control SW Ver 29 70 Current Lmt Gain 149 101 Current Lmt Sel 147 100 Current Lmt Val 148 100 Data In A1 Link A Word 1 Data In A2 Link A Word 2 Data In B1 Link B Word 1 Data In B2 Link B Word 2 Data In C1 Link C Word 1 304 135 Data In C2 Link C Word 2 305 135 Data In D1 Link D Word 1 306 135 Data In D2 Link D Word 2 307 135 Data Out 1 Link A Word 1 310 135 Data Out A2 Link A Word 2 311 135 Data Out B1 Link B Word 1 312 136 Data Out B2 Link B Word 2 313 136 Data Out C1 Link C Word 1 314 136 Data Out C2 Link C Word 2 315 136 Data Out D1 Link D Word 1 316 136 Data Out D2 Link D Word 2 317 136 DB Resistor Type 163 104 DC Brake Level 158 102 DC Brake Lvl Sel 157 102 DC Brake Time 159 102 DC Bus Memory 13 68 DC Bus Voltage 12 68 Decel Time 1 142 100 Decel Time 2 143 100 Dig In Status 216 119 Dig Out Status 217 120 Dig Out1 Level 381 156 Dig OffTime 383 156 Di
60. assumed that these faults are caused by conditions within the drive and not by events on the AC line The number of redirects allowed and the amount of time allowed for them before the redirection is discontinued are controlled by rectifier parameters 300 and 301 The default parameters are five redirects allowed in 24 hours Once redirection has been discontinued it remains discontinued until the drive is power cycled or until a time equal to the value of IOC Redir Time 300 has gone by since the last redirectable event Redirection can be turned off disabled by setting IOC Redir Max 301 to 0 Redirection can be turned on enabled by setting IOC Redir Time 300 to 0 and IOC Redir 301 to a nonzero value 301 10CRedir Max 0 30 Default 5 Access 0 Path Communications gt In Data Links See also 300 Number of rectifier Instantaneous Overcurrent IOC events that can occur before IOC fault redirection is disabled See rectifier parameter 300 for a description of the rectifier IOC fault redirect facility 302 Service 302 Range 0 32767 Default 1000 Access 0 Path Communications gt In Data Links See also This parameter is for use by service personnel only 303 Service 303 Range 0 32767 Default N A Access 0 Path Communications gt In Data Links See also This parameter is for use by service personnel only Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3
61. firmware version numbers in the 2 x series Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 349 RctColdplt Tmp 3276 8 3276 7 C Default Read Only Access 1 Path Inputs amp Outputs gt Temperature etc See also Displays the measured rectifier coldplate temperature in degrees C This parameter is only usable ifa coldplate temperature sensor is installed in the drive This parameter is only present on Frame 4 drives All such drives should have firmware version numbers in the 2 x series 350 RctAmbient Tmp Range 3276 8 3276 7 C Default Read Only Access 1 Path Inputs amp Outputs gt Temperature etc See also Displays the measured ambient temperature inside the power module in degrees C This parameter is only present on Frame 4 drives All such drives should have firmware version numbers in the 2 x series 351 RctPSTmp Range 3276 8 3276 7 C Default Read Only Access 1 Path Inputs amp Outputs gt Temperature etc See also Displays the measured drive power supply temperature in degrees C This parameter is only present on Frame 4 drives All such drives should have firmware version numbers in the 2 x series 352 Ret PS 121 Range 32768 3276 7V C Default Read Only Access 1 Path Inputs amp Outputs gt Temperature etc See also Displays the measured voltage of the 12V power supply This parameter is only present on Frame
62. ts cu aspe slurs nisi ete podia o du ded 21 Digital OUtp ts oreet HERR ea RUP SERES PRSE 21 Analog Inputs esse kee va 21 Analog Outputs cues c Ev er qas HR E 21 Standard I O Board Description Frame 23 Digital Pet 23 Digital Q tp ts poer umi EUR E NM 25 Analog 23 Analog a t edem 24 Combined I O Board Description Frame 4 Only 25 Digital ise dest CHE 25 Digital 26 Analog Inputs abet ee eh lca 26 Analog OUtputs 27 DPI Communication Ports denar A M ER 28 Optional Equipment EVER ER 29 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 5 Table of Contents Planning the Installation Mounting The Power Module and Grounding the Drive Installing Input and Output Power Wiring Completing the Installation Using the Start up Routines Programming Basics Chapter 3 General Requirements for the Installation 5 31 Making Sure Environmental Conditions 31 Determining Total Area Required Based on Drive Dimensions 32 Verifying Recommended Air Flow
63. 0124 03 520 521710 141 1 6 Nun13U YILVM 981100 ANO 2 WOLLOG GATIVLSNI 42174 dad Ses 0591 X01 YOHINY 01 J3HSYM 830831 X01 3805 OVI X X01 LAN I X01 H3HSVM 3201 11145 X02 U3HSYM 830821 X01 91 0671 X SOHH 83401502 AB 03114405 STIVE 91 803 0311 1581 01313 SV NMOHS 1 811100 1188155 13N18V 3 180 13 18 2 301581 35001 03441 5 S1392VU8 X6 STIVY 9NIINDON 30011 61716 ANOUS WONT 3181 1A LON 831714 XIV 55337 9NIUIM 1014100 6261 55332 55322 9NIUIM 104110 ONIUIM 00751 00751 322V 9NIUIM 1fdNI 5261 39 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 3 Figure 17 Power Module Dimensions LF200900CCRand LF201215CCR Frame 4 in 57 9 5 SNIINDOWEN ave 4 let S 9 5 bwi bal InN DNEH INN HIONTIdHIS 326 NGOS ONIM TOHINCO cw 00910102 EBENAN EGON 900 Wid JHOBM OIN 5281 2 OSP A 812 X ALWNHOJOHIIND 3d51H9H IWH NWESHO osso
64. 183 SleepTime Range 0 0 30 0 0 1 sec Default 1 0 Access 1 Path Dynamic Control gt Restart Modes See also 182 Defines the amount of time at or below Sleep Level before a stop command is issued This parameter is not used with LiquiFlo 2 0 AC drives 184 Power Loss Mode Range 0 Coast 1 Decel 2 Continue 3 Coast input same as Coast Liquiflo 2 0 drives 4 Decel input same as Decel in Liquiflo 2 0 drives 5 Decel fault Default 0 Coast Access 0 Path Dynamic Control Power Loss See also 185 169 190 238 rectifier 64 rectifier 65 Sets the reaction to a loss of input power If Power Loss Mode is set to Coast or Coast Input Rectifier can no longer synchronize to the AC line or DC bus voltage is lt 73 of its value at the time ofthe input power loss Decel Decel Input or Decel Fault Rectifier can no longer synchronize to the AC line or e DC bus voltage is S8296 of its value at the time of the input power loss Continue Rectifier can no longer synchronize to the AC line or DC bus voltage is 305 DC Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 When the inverter detects power loss condition it enters its power loss state starts the power loss timer If the power loss timer expires before the power loss condition ends and the Power Loss fault is enabled then a Power Loss fault fault 3 occurs The inverter only enters
65. 2013 Index output current rating 20 38 output IGBT components 226 output power derating 31 outputs analog ACline 1 0 board 21 combined 1 0 board 27 optional standard 1 0 board 24 digital ACline 1 0 board 21 combined 1 0 board 26 optional standard 1 0 board 23 overvoltage faults 104 P PO LiquiFlo 2 0 224 P2 Active Rectifier 224 parameter types bit 51 configurable 51 numbered list 51 numeric 51 read only 51 tunable 51 parameters access level selecting 59 accessing 58 using the OIM 58 using VS Utilities 58 advanced 59 basic 59 basic access level inverter 60 rectifier 60 descriptions 65 diagnostic 211 drive status parameters 223 inverter 66 inverter view 53 organization 52 organized by file and group inverter 53 rectifier 56 passwords and security 62 rectifier 158 rectifier view 56 symbols 65 viewing 58 viewing and adjusting using the OIM 237 Parameters inverter Accel Time 1 140 99 Accel Time 2 141 99 Alarm 1 Fault 229 123 Alarm 2 Fault 230 123 Alarm Config 1 259 127 Analog In 1 Hi 322 138 Analog In 1 Lo 323 139 Analog In 1 Loss 324 139 Analog In 2 Hi 325 140 Analog In 2 Lo 326 140 Analog In 2 Loss 327 141 Analog In1 Value 16 68 Analog In2 Value 17 68 265 Index 266 Analog In3 Value 68 Analog In3 Value 18 68 analog input scaling example 138 Analog Out Config 340 142 Analog Out Scale Hi 343 143 Analog Out Scale Lo 344 145 Analog Out Set 342 143
66. 278 Local Mask 285 Decel Owner 294 Direction Mask 279 Stop Owner 288 Fault Clr Owner 295 Reference Mask 280 Start Owner 289 MOP Owner 296 Accel Mask 281 Jog Owner 290 Local Owner 297 Decel Mask 282 Direction Owner 291 Datalinks Data In 1 300 DatalnD1 306 Data OutC1 314 Link A Word 1 Link D Word 1 Link C Word 1 Data In A2 301 DatalnD2 307 0 2 315 Link A Word 2 Link D Word 2 Link C Word 2 Data In B 1 302 Data Out A1 310 Data OutD 1 316 Link B Word 1 Link A Word 1 Link D Word 1 Data In B2 303 Data Out A2 311 Data Out D2 317 Link B Word 2 Link A Word 2 Link D Word 2 Data In C1 304 Data Out B1 312 Link C Word 1 Link B Word 1 Data In C2 305 Data Out B2 313 Link C Word 2 Link B Word 2 Analog Inputs Anlg In Config 320 Analog In 1 Lo 323 Analog In 2 Lo 326 Anlg In Sqr Root 321 Analog 1 Loss 324 Analog In 2 Loss 327 Analog In 1 322 Analog In 2 Hi 325 Analog Outputs Anlg Out Config 340 Analog Out1 Sel 342 Analog Out1 Lo 344 Out Absolut 341 Analog Out Hi 343 Temperature etc Inv IGBT Top 345 InvColdpltTmp 349 InvPS 12 353 Inv IGBT Up 346 InvAmbientTmp 350 Invl OIDV 354 InvIGBT TMPLow 347 Inv PS Tmp 351 Inv IGBT Tmp Bot 348 Inv PS 12 352 Digital Inputs Digital In1 Sel 361 Digital In6 Sel 366 Digital Outputs Digital Out1 Sel 380 Dig Out1 Offfime 383 Dig Out2 OnTime 386 Dig Out Level 381 Digital Out2 S
67. 3 sheet 5 607 92118 3 50 50 181 0 72164 d2980900 11 869781 ve 00 40464 00 4046 998 01 604181 v0v sz418 10 60081 10 68712 0 1026 1 49980900241 00 681081 yc 0 66 80 181 70 25671 0 604181 H0V 0081 iov 168v1 vOv 12G6 l 3880c800c11 882 000 6108 yc 0 56 LOV SZZ181 20 405641 lt 0 50418 10 8008 10 168712 20 10564 8097002 1 vag oz 2 58 20 32 YN VN 10 6 aweovozil 10v GzL181 200 921181 10 50081 10v 168vI 104 1056 SWOSVOOLII M38WDN 1874 SEV SV MOUOVdvO giy vev 22 ATBIISSY 1300 sng sna Sev FINGOW YAMOd G4A LW ZN 1V SNA 90 33 5 sna 20 H5 18 19 1NOd sna 20 H34UO38 rus 1 sna 20 335 39Vd SIHL NO 318 1 335 DOA 00 2 WOllDvavo SNE 20 sna N sna 13395 133 5 335 Sng sng c1 335 sna 578 1 INIOd 5 x
68. 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 126 Sel Selects the source of the PI reference signal 127 5 Provides an internal fixed value for the process setpoint when PI Reference Sel 126 is set to PI Setpoint Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 99 9 100 128 Feedback Sel Co Selects the source of the PI feedback signal 129 Plintegral Time Specifies the time required for the integral component to reach 10096 of PI Error Meter 137 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 130 PI Prop Gain Range 0 00 100 00 0 01 Default 1 00 Access 1 Path Speed Command gt Process See also 124 138 Sets the value for the PI proportional component when the PI Hold bit of PI Control 125 Enabled 1 PI Error x PI Prop Gain PI Output 131 PlLower Limit Range Maximum Frequency 0 1 Hz Default Maximum Freq Access 1 Path Speed Command gt Process See also 124 138 Sets the lower limit of the PI output This value must be less than the value set in PI Upper Limit 132 132 PlUpperLimit Range Maximum Frequency 0 1 Hz Default Maximum Freq Access 1 Path Speed Command gt Process See also 124 138 Sets the upper limit of the PI output This value must be greater than the value set in PI Lower Limit 131 133 PlPreload
69. 3518 3 May 2013 97 Chapter 9 98 The purpose of the PI regulator is to regulate process variable such as position purp 5 5 pressure temperature or flow rate by controlling speed There are two ways the PI regulator can be configured to operate see parameter 124 Process trim which takes the output of the PI regulator and sums it with a master speed reference to control the process Process control which takes the output of the PI regulator as the speed command No master speed reference exists and the PI output directly controls the drive output Note that Speed Mode 80 must be set to Process PI 2 Figure 41 PI Control 125 OL 9 FLEX 0 0 2 1 9 0 1 Enabled 15 14 13 12 11109 817 6 5 413 0 O Disabled Nibble4 Nibble3 Nibble2 Nibble1 X Reserved Bit Factory Default Bit Values Bit 0 PI Enable Enables disables the operation of the PI loop Bit 1 PI Hold Enabled The integrator for the outer control loop is held at the current level that is it will not increase Enabled The integrator for the outer PI control loop is allowed to increase Bit 2 PI Reset Enabled The integrator for the outer PI control loop is reset to zero Disabled The integrator for the outer PI control loop integrates normally Rockwell Automation Publication D2
70. 387 1 Default 0 Disabled Access 1 Path Communication gt Datalinks See also Parameter number whose value is written from a communications device data table Parameters that can be changed only while the drive is stopped cannot be used as Datalink inputs Entering a parameter of this type disables the link Refer to the appropriate communications option board manual for datalink information 302 Data B1 Link B Word 1 303 Data B2 Link B Word 2 0 387 1 Default 0 Disabled Access 1 Path Communication gt Datalinks See also Parameter number whose value is written from a communications device data table Parameters that can be changed only while the drive is stopped cannot be used as Datalink inputs Entering a parameter of this type disables the link Refer to the appropriate communications option board manual for datalink information Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 304 Data C1 Link C Word 1 305 Dataln C2 Link C Word 2 0 387 1 Default 0 Disabled Access 1 Path Communication gt Datalinks See also Parameter number whose value is written from a communications device data table Parameters that can be changed only while the drive is stopped cannot be used as Datalink inputs Entering a parameter of this type disables the link Refer to the appropriate communications option board manual for da
71. 4 gt while the display screen is active toggles between each set of four functions As shipped from the factory the F4 key is configured for the Clear Fault Queue function To assign a function to an F Key select the Display icon from the Main Menu as shown in Figure 100 and Figure 101 The F Key definitions are the same for all OIMs connected to the drive regardless of the port used Figure 100 Accessing the Function Key Configuration Screens Stopped ry Auto LiquiFlo 2 0 Display Main Menu Display Function List Language See next figure Monitor 2 Undefined N gt ELSCXCTEE gt Monitor CIrFK Clears function key returns key to undefined state Select from the list of preconfigured functions Undefined default Load User Set 1 3 Loads the specified user set into active drive memory The drive responds as ifa value had been entered in Load Frm User Set 198 or Load Frm Usr Set was selected from the Memory Storage menu of the OIM ATTENTION Loading a user set with LevelSense Start 168 set to Enable can N result in the drive starting immediately when all start conditions are met When this function is enabled the user must ensure that automatic start up of the driven equipment will not cause injury to operating personnel or damage to the driven equipment In addition the
72. 4 If fault still persists replace inverter control board 1 0 Mismatch 120 Incorrect inverter 1 0 board identified Restore inverter 1 0 board to original configuration or If new configuration is desired reset fault Incompat MCB PB 106 Drive rating information stored on the inverter power Load compatible version files into inverter board is incompatible with the inverter Control board firmware Input Imbalance 225 Input phase current imbalance exceeded limits 1 Fault 225 can occur if rectifier Line Imbalance 22 is greater than rectifier Imbalance Lmt 62 for longer than the time in rectifier Imbalance Time 63 Verify that rectifier parameters 62 and 63 have the correct values If this is the cause of the fault 225 fault 225 should also appear in the rectifier fault queue rectifier parameters 243 250 2 Check for line voltage imbalance A line voltage imbalance can cause a line current imbalance See rectifier Line V Imbalance 23 3 Check for existence of rectifier instantaneous overcurrent 100 faults rectifier faults 12 211 212 213 in rectifier fault queue rectifier parameters 243 250 Short duration events on AC line can cause rectifier overcurrents which be reported as drive fault 225 See description of rectifier IOC Redir Time rectifier 300 and IOC Redir Max rectifier 301 4 Check for existence of rectifier Line V Imbal OL fault rectifier fault 16 in rectifier fault queue rect
73. 4 drives All such drives should have firmware version numbers in the 2 x series Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 193 Chapter 9 194 353 Rct PS 12V Range 3276 8 3276 71 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Inputs amp Outputs gt Temperature etc See also Displays the measured voltage of the 12 power supply This parameter is only present on Frame 4 drives All such drives should have firmware version numbers in the 2 x series 354 Rct 1 0 ID V Range 3276 8 3276 7V C Default Read Only Access 1 Path Inputs amp Outputs gt Temperature etc See also Displays the measured voltage that identifies which type of IO board is installed This parameter is only present on Frame 4 drives All such drives should have firmware version numbers in the 2 x series Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 10 Troubleshooting the Drive and operation of this equipment and the hazards involved should install adjust ATTENTION Only qualified electrical personnel familiar with the construction operate or service this equipment Read and understand this manual and other applicable manuals in their entirety before proceeding Failure to observe this precaution could result in severe bodily injury or loss of life The LiquiFlo 2 0 AC drive provides the following ways to determine the status of the drive and to troubleshoot problems that may occur
74. 56 Inverter parameters are organized into seven files e Monitor Motor Control Speed Command Dynamic Control Utility e Communication Inputs and Outputs Rectifier parameters are organized into seven files e Monitor Configuration Dynamic Control e Internal Data Utility e Communication Inputs and Outputs Each file contains parameters that are grouped by their function A file can contain several groups of parameters See Figure 25 Figure 25 Example of Parameter Organization File ae Group x Parameter MotorData J Motor Control Motor Type Motor NP Volts Torq N Attributes Torque Perf Mode I Maximum Voltage Volts per Herz Start Acc Boost Run Boost Speed D Command _____ Control Sre 5 Logic Source Sel Speed Ref A Sel Spd Mode amp Lmts J I Speed Mode Minimum Speed Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Inverter Parameters View Chapter 8 The table below shows the inverter parameters organized by their respective files and groups File Group Parameters Monitor Metering Output Freq 1 Output PowrFctr 8 Analog In2 Value 17 Commanded Freq Elapsed MWh 9 Analog In3 Value 18 Output Current 3 Elapsed Run Time 10 Ground Current 21 Torque Current 4 Frequen
75. 7 0 1 A Default Read Only Access 0 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The reactive input current is displayed as x x A This value should always be near 0 7 Input Voltage RS Range 0 0 3276 7 V 0 1V AC Default Read Only Access 0 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The RMS phase to phase input voltage Vrs is displayed as V Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 163 Chapter 9 164 Input Voltage ST Range 0 0 3276 7 VAC 0 1V AC Default Read Only Access 0 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The RMS phase to phase input voltage Vst is displayed as V 9 Input Voltage TR Range 0 0 3276 7 VAC 0 1V AC Default Read Only Access 0 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The RMS phase to phase input voltage is displayed as V 10 DC Bus Voltage Range 0 0 3276 7V DC 0 1V DC Default Read Only Access 0 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The DC bus voltage is displayed as x x V 11 Active Voltage Range 0 0 3276 7V DC 0 1V DC Default Read Only Access 0 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The commanded active input voltage is displayed as DC 12 Reactive Voltage Range 0 0 3276 7V DC 0 1V DC Default Read Only Access 0 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The commanded reactive input voltage is displayed as DC Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013
76. 9 188 235 Testpoint 1 Data Range 217483646 Default 0 Access 0 Path Utility gt Diagnostics See also This parameter is for service use only 236 Testpoint 2 Sel Range 0 65535 Default 499 Access 0 Path Utility gt Diagnostics See also This parameter is for service use only 237 Testpoint 2 Data Range 217483646 Default 0 Access 0 Path Utility gt Diagnostics See also This parameter is for service use only 238 Fault Config Range See Figure 76 Default See Figure 76 Access 0 Path Utility gt Fault Queue See also Enables disables annunciation of the faults shown in Figure 76 Figure 76 Fault Config 238 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 1 Enabled 15 14 13 124110 9 817 6 5 4132 1 0 O Disabled Nibble4 Nibble3 Nibble2 Nibble1 Reserved Bit Factory Default Bit Values Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 240 Fault Clear Range 0 Ready 1 Clear Faults 2 Clear Fit Queue Default Read Only Access 0 Path Utility gt Fault Queue See also Faults in the rectifier may be cleared and the fault queue cleared by writing to this parameter After the operation is completed the value of this parameter will revert to Ready 0 241 FaultTo Invertr Range 0 255 Default Read Only Access 0 Path Utility gt Fault Queue See also Th
77. Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 250 Appendix Figure 106 Power Module Rectifier Wiring Diagram Frame 3 sheet 3 G 335 Secor ama sng 2d 01 SUE OU SGT T nu 5 EIE ine i OY Adans 21907 HE H A t mi 1 86 cr 100 5 EE ammon EE 2 0 lt lt 076 Er e AlddNS ev H sna zi indno 3iv9 Eg 794 9 133 5 335 ir zK ASSV 1891 831303 eee 13385 335 m 16 ASSY 1891 OL YOUN Ba Pe esta EOS S 13365 335 Zr 1 1991 OL EE INSHT SLR cerner VOIE ASSY 1891 OL TNIPIHTGIXINE INSHT Es isse ERE HXSSTOI ZI ASSY 1991 N3l4u38 OL FEMER EEEE ELE 13365 338 ASSV 1991 34238 OL 9 13365 335 ASSY 1991 1341234 OL SET aan acer aoa zr Z ASSY 1891 OL guage Eel NI 3 1 Adans 21907 NI 5 Nounglalisid sng 20 NI 3 1 5 31v9 NI 3SN3S
78. Communications Interface Board o Ti Oo o Figure 80 Location of the Status LEDs Frame 4 Combined Control PCB Frame 4 status LEDs are visible through 25 mm 1 in square cutout in front panel of power module 2 1 co oof a Bi oo 00 H T HH H H af HH Do Es Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 10 12 V INV LED 01 Inverter Status LED D3 12 V RECT LED D2 Rectifier Status LED B1 Inverter Status LED B2 197 Chapter 10 Table 15 Inverter Status LED Definitions Color State Description Green Flashing Drive ready but not running and no faults or alarms are present Steady Drive running no faults or alarms are present Yellow Flashing The drive is not ready Check inverter parameter 214 Start Inhibits See About Alarms on Steady An alarm condition exists drive may be running Check inverter gage Ds parameters 211 Drive Alarm 1 and 212 Drive Alarm 2 Red Flashing A fault has occurred P Steady A non resettable fault has occurred Tabl
79. D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 218 Invtr Base Temp Range 100 0190 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Utility gt Diagnostics See also The hottest measured inverter IGBT module temperature is displayed as x x degrees 219 Drive OL Count Range 0 0 100 0 0 1 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Utility gt Diagnostics See also 150 Accumulated percentage of drive overload Continuously operating the drive over 100 of its rating increases this value to 100 and causes a Drive OverLoad fault fault 64 220 Motor OL Count Range 0 0 100 0 1 0 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Utility gt Diagnostics See also 47 48 Accumulated percentage of motor overload Continuously operating the motor over 100 of Motor OL Amps 48 increases this value to 100 and causes a Motor OverLoad fault fault 7 221 Imbalance Count Range 0 0 100 0 1 0 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Utility gt Diagnostics See also 22 24 49 50 Displays the imbalance in current between motor phases If the imbalance count remains over inverter Imbalance Limit 49 for more than inverter Imbalance Time 50 the Motor I Imbalance fault fault 37 occurs The imbalance in amps is calculated as the larger of largest phase current average phase current or average phase current smallest phase current Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 125 Chapter 9 126
80. Diagram Frame 4 sheet 4 wm aec ALUINVQO t t Od 113395 1 i NO 318V1 335 2910081 02v 3n 00 2 sna SUDLSIS M SINGOW H3MOd QV ave i i 2 289 189 3901 41801 WOLIO pov a cap TENE ASSW 189 3419038 189401 ASSV 189I ASSY 1991991409 2972 1991 if eid 2 o4 1 1 d I d
81. In1Hi Range 4 000 20 000 mA 0 001 mA 10 000V 0 1V 0 0 10 000 0 1V Default 20 000 mA Access 0 Path Inputs amp Outputs gt Analog Inputs See also 91 92 320 The drive scales the value read from the user configurable analog input and converts it to units usable for the application You control the scaling by setting parameters that associate a low and high point in the input range with a low and high point in the target range Analog In 1 Hi sets the highest input value to the user configurable analog input 1 scaling block See AC Line I O Board Description Frame 3 Only on page 25 through Combined I O Board Description Frame 4 Only on page 29 for a description of I O hardware that is present on this drive and is controlled by the inverter Analog Input Scaling Example Assume Speed Ref A Sel Analog In 1 Minimum Freq 0 Hz Maximum Freq 60 Hz Analog In 1 Lo 0 0V Analog In 1 Hi 10 0V This is the default setting where minimum input represents Minimum Speed and maximum input 10V represents Maximum Speed 142 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 323 Analog In 1 Lo Range 4 000 20 000 mA 0 001 mA 10 000V 0 1V 0 0 10 000 0 1V Default 4mA Access 0 Path Inputs amp Outputs gt Analog Inputs See also 91 92 320 Sets the lowest input value to the user configurable analog input 1 scaling block See Analog In 1 Hi 322 for more in
82. Jog Forward Speed Select 2 Jog Reverse Accel 2 Speed Select 3 Stop Mode B Decel 2 Run Forward Run Drive OL The calculated inverter IGBT temperature requires a reduction in PWM carrier frequency If inverter Drive OL Mode Level 1 150 is disabled and the load is not reduced an overload fault eventually occurs Drive OL The calculated inverter IGBT temperature requires a reduction in Current Limit If inverter Drive OL Mode 150 is Level 2 disabled and the load is not reduced an overload fault eventually occurs Flux Amps Ref Result of autotune procedure inverter 61 Rang IntDBRes The drive has temporarily disabled the dynamic braking regulator because the resistor temperature has exceeded OvrHeat a predetermined value IR Volts Range The drive autotuning default is Calculate and the value calculated for IR Drop Volts is not in the range of acceptable values This alarm should clear when all motor nameplate data is properly entered MaxFreq Q The sum of inverter Maximum Speed 82 and inverter Overspeed Limit 83 exceeds inverter Maximum Freq Conflict 55 Raise inverter Maximum Freq 55 or lower inverter Maximum Speed 82 and or inverter Overspeed Limit 83 so that the sum is less than or equal to inverter Maximum Freq 55 Motor Type Q Inverter Motor Type 90 has been set to Sync Prm Mag or Sync and one or more DC functions for example Cflct DC Boost DC Brake etc
83. LEDs on the front of the drive User configurable and non configurable alarms User configurable and non configurable faults Entries in the fault queue Drive status parameters Verify that the DC Bus Capacitors are Discharged ATTENTION DC bus capacitors retain hazardous voltages after input power has Before Servicing the Drive N been disconnected After disconnecting input power wait 5 minutes for the DC bus capacitors to discharge and then check the voltage with a voltmeter to ensure the DC bus capacitors are discharged before touching any internal components Failure to observe this precaution could result in severe bodily injury or loss of life The DC bus capacitors of the drive retain hazardous voltages after input power has been disconnected Perform the following steps before touching any internal components 1 2 3 Turn off the circuit breaker and lock out input power Wait 5 minutes Open the enclosure door to the power module Verify that there is no voltage at the power module s input power terminals 11 12 and 1 3 as shown in Figure 2 on page 15 for Frame 3 and Figure 5 on page 20 for Frame 4 Remove the cover of the power module Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 195 Chapter 10 5 Measure the DC bus potential with voltmeter while standing non conductive surface and wearing insulated gloves See Figure 77 for Frame 3 and Figure 78 for Frame 4 6 Once the drive has b
84. LiquiFlo 2 0 Ref 0 00 2 Note that changing the value of the OIM reference does not affect the value of any other port reference The value of the OIM reference is saved through a power cycle if parameter 192 Save OIM Ref is set to save at power down To customize the process display screen select Monitor from the Display menu See Figure 99 Figure 99 Customizing the Process Display Screen Stopped ry Auto ie PO LiquiFlo 2 0 TRISTE to select display Display 24 Dspy Ln 2 Language line 1 2 or 3 000 L scale H gt Function Keys gt Dispi v Param Scale Text Save isplay EET Press F4 to save Move through label text Move through letters and symbols Toggle between upper and lower case a w Adjust scale Accept scaling value Scroll through parameter numbers Select parameter The function keys 1 F2 and F4 also called F Keys on the OIM can be customized to perform several pre configured functions when the process display screen is active Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 243 Appendix 244 Up to eight function keys be configured Pressing
85. Lo 1 3 3 3 3 a uP 2 5 n s 2 2 9 2 2 s 2 2 sna 5 ims sna n 1 sna 1 lt AES ES Tp L e L H m 1 Lege 2 etel 2 teie 2 2 m 24 4 4 4 4 17 Qiu 17 L 1NIOd 1Nawaunsyan 00 T Hio e s 4 MI e 4 i aes SOIT imus imus me 5 sna Li i 00 L 2 ToT Tawar bow og l g 3BIUWG ar ar 6 TION ur 8 e i HS 5 5 E BS H EN eral EET 2 2 2 L 80108100321 446 055 rt c ru 1 ___ oF 8 gre EN ia C EE C 861031100 3s M 5 335 Y z 1 e 8 e i 4 4 mus ws m m a aioe 338 z 335 21 as z z aua Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 260
86. Motor Data Motor Tests Speed Limits Ref Setup Configure I O Done By Groups P Numbers Changed Params Control Src Logic Source Sel Speed Ref A Sel gt 7 gt 4 P View Fault Queue Diagnostics DM UEM E Fault Info Status Info Device Items 4 gt Tech Support Language 4 Display N V Function Keys 000 000 Device Identity Display Timeout Display Video 4 P Reset Display Fast PwrUp Mode Contrast Memory Reset Defaults Storage E Save to User Set Jo Load Frm Usr Set Active User Set Device Menu options Select N dependent upon _ W l devices connected 4 gt 0 Set Acc Lvl PW L Set Wrt Prot PW Logout Press 4 to move between icons to move between menu items Press to select a menu item Press to move 1 level back in the menu structure Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 239 Appendix Powering Up and Adjusting the Selecting a Device in the System Using the OIM to Program the Drive 240 The first time the OIM is powered up you are prompted to select a language for the display text If the Start Up routine has not been completed the Start Up menu is displayed immediately following the language selection screen On subsequent power ups if bot
87. Note that performing a fault reset does not clear the fault queue Clearing the fault queue is a separate action See the Fault Clear 240 parameter description Fault Descriptions and Corrective Actions IMPORTANT Read all faults from the inverter Although rectifier faults occur they are displayed on the inverter Frame 3 Fault Descriptions and Corrective Actions Table describes drive faults and corrective actions for Frame 3 firmware version 1 x only It also indicates if the fault is Auto resettable and can also be reset using normal fault clearing mechanisms Q Non resettable User configurable and can be reset using normal fault clearing mechanisms Normal fault fault is resettable using normal fault clearing mechanisms on the drive Stop Reset button powercycling etc or through VS Utilities Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 203 Chapter 10 Table 21 Fault Descriptions and Corrective Actions Frame 3 Fault amp Description Action AC Line Lost 227 Input power Lost rectifier Ride Through 64 issetto 1 Verify proper input voltage Disabled 2 Use rectifier parameters Line Frequency 1 Input Voltage RS 7 Input Voltage ST 8 and Input Voltage TR 9 to verify that drive can accurately measure input frequency and voltage 3 Check line voltage feedback signal path including
88. Path Monitor gt Metering See also 7 The estimated input power of the drive This value is calculated as a function of the output power 26 Rated kW Range 0 00 3000 00 kW 0 01 kW wv Default Read Only Access 1 Path Monitor gt Drive Data See also The drive power rating Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 73 Chapter 9 74 27 RatedVolts Range 480V 0 1V AC Default Read Only Access 1 Path Monitor gt Drive Data See also The drive output voltage class 28 Rated Amps Range 0 0 6553 5 Amps 0 1 A Default Read Only Access 1 Path Monitor gt Drive Data See also The drive rated RMS output current 29 Control SW Ver Range 0 000 65 256 0 001 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Monitor gt Drive Data See also 196 The Main Control board software version 30 Appl Digital Out Range See Figure 30 and Figure 31 Default See Figure 30 and Figure 31 Access 1 Path Monitor gt Application See also Frame 3 drives firmware version 1 x only The lower byte of this parameter controls the state of the application digital outputs on the AC Line I O card The upper byte controls the operation of the rectifier when configured for manual operation See AC Line I O Board Description Frame 3 Only on page 25 through Combined I O Board Description Frame 4 Only on page 29 for a description of I O hardware that is present on this drive and is cont
89. Rectifier 5 159 Active Voltage Rectifier 11 160 Ambient Temp Rectifier 129 173 Base Motor Freq Rectifier 109 171 CAN Bus Off Cut Rectifier 164 176 Ki Rectifier 112 171 CML Kp Rectifier 113 172 Cold Plate Temp Rectifier 120 172 Control SW Ver Rectifier 29 164 CS MSG Bad Cut Rectifier 160 175 CS Msg Rx Cnt Rectifier 157 174 CS Msg Tx Cnt Rectifier 158 175 CS Timeout Cut Rectifier 159 175 Current Limit Rectifier 105 169 Current Limit Rectifier 151 173 D A Select N Rectifier 171 174 176 DC Bus Voltage Rectifier 10 160 Dig In Status Rectifier 216 178 Dig Out Status Rectifier 217 180 DPI Error Rectifier 156 174 Drive Alarm Rectifier 211 178 Drive Checksum Rectifier 203 178 Elapsed Run Time Rectifier 17 161 Fault 1 Code Rectifier 243 186 Fault 1 Time Rectifier 244 186 Fault 2 Code Rectifier 245 186 Fault 2 Time Rectifier 246 186 Fault 3 Code Rectifier 247 186 Fault 3 Time Rectifier 248 186 Fault 4 Code Rectifier 249 186 Fault 4 Time Rectifier 250 186 Fault Amps D Rectifier 225 183 Fault Amps Q Rectifier 224 182 Fault Amps R Recctifier 221 182 267 Index 268 Fault Amps S Rectifier 222 182 Fault Amps T Rectifier 223 182 Fault Clear Rectifier 240 185 Fault Config Rectifier 238 184 Fault Frequency Rectifier 220 182 Fault To Inverter Rectifier 241 185 Fault Volts D Rectifier 228 183 Fault Volts Q Rectifier 227 183 Fault Vol
90. Tmp Up Rectifier 346 188 Rct PS 12V Rectifier 352 189 Rct PS 12V Rectifier 353 190 Rct PS Tmp Rectifier 351 189 Rctfr Base Temp Rectifier 122 172 Rctfr Base Temp Rectifier 18 162 127 Overld Rectifier 21 162 Rctfr IGBT Temp Rectifier 19 162 IT Overld Rectifier 20 162 Reactive Current Rectifier 6 159 Reactive Voltage Rectifier 12 160 Rectifier Contrl Rectifier 100 166 Rectifier Status Rectifier 101 167 Regen kWh Rectifier 16 161 Reset Meters Rectifier 200 177 Reset to Defaults Rectifier 197 177 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Ride Through Rectifier 64 165 Ride Through Sec Rectifier 65 166 Save to User Set Rectifier 199 177 Service 302 Rectifier 302 187 Service 303 Rectifier 303 187 Start Inhibits Rectifier 214 178 Testpoint 1 Data Rectifier 235 184 Testpoint 1 Sel Rectifier 234 183 Testpoint 2 Data Rectifier 237 184 Testpoint 2 Sel Rectifier 236 184 V Imbalance Lmt Rectifier 60 164 V Imbalance Time Rectifier 61 164 Vdc Command Rectifier 104 169 Vdc Optimize Rectifier 102 168 Vdc Reference Rectifier 103 169 VML Ki Rectifier 110 171 VML Kp Rectifier 111 171 VML Reset Level Rectifier 114 172 passwords setting 62 using with multiple OIMs 63 write protect 62 configuration anti windup 92 exclusive mode 92 feedback square root 92 invert error 92 preload mode 92 ramp ref 92 stop mode 92 zero clamp 92 control inte
91. V Imbalance 23 exceeded rectifier Imbalance 1 Check for problem in input power distribution Lmt 60 for more than the time in rectifier Imbalance Time 2 Check line voltage feedback wiring and signal path includes Combined 1 61 0 board Combined Control board Inv Shunt Trip 14 Drive has activated the shunt trip because the inverter 1 See table entry for Ground Fault 13 firmware has commanded it This can be caused by the 2 Determine why 1 was written to bit 0 of inverter Appl Digital Out detection of a motor side inverter ground fault fault 13 or inverter 30 by the user writing 1 to bit 0 of inverter Appl Digital Out inverter 30 Inv Temp Switch 31 The inverter over temperature switch opened Verify the connection between 7 4 and 7 5 on the 1 0 board Invtr Base Temp 8 Measured temperature of one of the inverter IGBT modules Check for proper temperature and flow rate of coolant exceeded limit Invtr Dsat 200 High current was detected an IGBT 1 Check for loose connection in IGBT wire harness U V W 201 2 Check IGBTS 202 Invtr Dsat 197 High current was detected in an IGBT 1 Check for loose connection in IGBT wire harness U V W 198 2 Check IGBTs 199 Invtr Gate Kill 207 Gate kill contact is open Close gate kill contact Invtr HW Unk 230 Inverter section of power structure hardware reported 1 Verify connections between control board and power b
92. WOH az z a 1496 vaNve z SONES SNOLLCHNNCO INO JOSHHUH woe ABT VSSHOO V NOISYHTIVN 220 X 52 ASSY SNE CELLVNIIAY 1 NOSLNIOd LNBIAEHDIS VSINSNE OG Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 40 Wiring Requirements for the Drive Chapter 3 Verifying the Site Provides for Recommended Air Flow Clearances Be sure there is adequate clearance for air circulation around the enclosure A 6 inch minimum clearance is required wherever vents are located in the cabinet Verifying Power Module Input Ratings Match Supplied Power Verify that plant power meets the input power requirements of the power module circuitry for the LiquiFlo 2 0 drive See Table 2 on page 24 for input power rating specifications Be sure input power to the power module corresponds to the nameplate voltage current and frequency of the power module Evaluate the input power wire sizes branch circuit protection and control wiring before continuing with the drive installation Chapter 6 Determining Wire Size Requirements Determine wire size based on current requirements size of conduit openings and applicable local national and international codes for example NEC CEC regulations national and international codes Failure to observe this precaution could result ATTENTI
93. and MOP Decrement inputs are closed the MOP value stays the same In order for the drive to use the MOP value as the current speed reference either Speed Ref A Sel must be set to MOP 25 Excl Link The state of this input is passed through to the Input x Link function of a digital output See inverter parameters 380 387 26 PI Enable If this input function is closed the operation of the Process PI loop is enabled If this input function is open the operation of the Process PI loop is disabled 27 PI Hold If this input function is closed the integrator for the Process PI loop is held at the current value that is it does not increase Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 157 Chapter 9 158 If this input function is open the integrator for the Process PI loop is allowed to increase 28 PI Reset If this input function is closed the integrator for the Process PI loop is reset to 0 If this input function is open the integrator for the Process PI loop integrates normally 29 Pwr Loss Lvl Do not select the Pwr Loss Lvl input function Liquiflo 2 0 drives 30 Precharg En This input function is used to manage disconnection from a common DC bus Do not select the Precharg En input function in Liquiflo 2 0 drives Type 2 Alarms Some digital input programming may cause conflicts that result in a Type 2 alarm For example Digital In1 Sel set to 5 Start in 3 wire control and
94. application firmware board If this fixes the issue then use rectifier Reset To Defaults rectifier 197 or drive rating information stored on the rectifier power to reset the rectifier to its defaults then reconfigure the drive as needed board was corrupted or could not be read from rectifier 2 Load updated drive rating information onto rectifier power board by rectifier firmware 3 Load updated rectifier application firmware 4 Replace rectifier power board Reactor Temp 214 Temperature switch in reactor opened Check for proper temperature and fan operation Replaced MCB PB 107 Inverter control board or inverter power board was 1 Restore inverter defaults inverter parameter 197 replaced 2 Reprogram parameters This fault can be cleared by writing a nonzero value to inverter Reset To Defaults parameter 197 Ride Thru Abort 221 Input power loss timed out rectifier Ride Through 1 Verify input power and connections rectifier 64 is set to Enabled 2 Check Line Sync board 3 Check AC Line 1 0 board Shear Pin 63 Programmed Current Lmt Val 148 has been exceeded Check load requirements and Current Lmt Val 148 setting Enabled disable with inverter Fault Config 1 238 SW OverCurrent 36 The drive output current has exceeded the software Check for excess load improper DC boost setting DC brake volts set too high current limit UnderVoltage 4 DCbus voltage fell below the minimu
95. before the ride through timer expires the rectifier leaves Standby and re enters its normal running state The ride through timer of the rectifier expires when it reaches the value in Ride Through Sec 65 Note that the ride through timer of the rectifier is independent of the power loss timer of the inverter and that the inverter generally enters its power loss state and starts its power loss timer as soon as the rectifier enters the Standby state and starts its ride through timer Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 169 Chapter 9 65 Ride Through Sec Range 0 00 60 00 seconds seconds Default 1 00 Access 0 Path Configuration gt AC Line See also 64 inverter 184 185 Defines the allowed power dip time that will not cause a Ride Thru Abort fault fault 221 Setting value of 0 generates a fault on loss of a single line cycle Setting value of 0 10 allows line synchronization to be lost for 100 msec before a fault is generated A fault is also generated if the bus voltage drops below the power loss threshold before the ride through time has elapsed 100 Rectifier Contri Range See Figure 68 and Figure 69 Default N A Access 0 Path Dynamic Control gt Control and Status See also inverter 33 The commanded state of the rectifier IMPORTANT This parameter is used for communication between the inverter and the rectifier Do not write to this parameter using VS U
96. command that initiates a Static Tune followed by a rotational test for the best possible automatic setting of Flux Current Ref A start command is required following initiation of this setting The parameter returns to Ready 0 following the test at which time another start transition is required to operate the drive in normal mode this procedure Autotune 61 Rotate Tune 21 To guard against possible injury and or equipment damage it is recommended that the motor be disconnected from the load before proceeding ATTENTION Rotation of the motor an undesired direction can occur during IMPORTANT Rotate Tune 2 is used when motor is uncoupled from the load Results may not be valid if a load is coupled to the motor during this procedure Calculate 3 This setting uses motor nameplate data to automatically set IR Voltage Drop and Flux Current Ref Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 85 Chapter 9 86 62 Voltage Drop 0 0 to Motor Volts x0 25 0 1V AC Default Based on Drive Rating Access 1 Path Motor Control gt Torg Attributes See also 53 Value of volts dropped across the resistance of the motor stator Used only when Torque Perf Mode 53 is set to Sensrls Vect or SV Economize When inverter Autotune 61 is set to Calculate the value of this parameter is set according to the motor nameplate parameters and you cannot write to this parameter 63 Flux Current Re
97. commands except stop Exclusive local control can be taken only when the drive is stopped 288 Stop Owner Range See Figure 63 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Communication gt Masks amp Owners Seealso 276 285 Modules that are presently issuing a valid stop command Figure 63 Stop Owner X X X X X X X X X 15 14 13 1211110 9 817 i Nibble 4 Nibble 3 Nibbl 1 Issuing Command 0 Command 2 Nibble 1 x Reserved Bit 289 Start Owner Range See Stop Owner 288 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Communication gt Masks amp Owners See also 276 285 Modules that are presently issuing a valid start command 290 Jog Owner Range See Stop Owner 288 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Communication gt Masks amp Owners See also 276 285 Modules that are presently issuing a valid jog command 291 Direction Owner Range See Stop Owner 288 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Communication gt Masks amp Owners See also 276 285 Adapter that currently has exclusive control of direction changes Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 292 Reference Owner Range See Stop Owner 288 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Communication gt Masks amp Owners See also 276 285 Adapter that currently has exclusive control of the command frequency source selection
98. control sheet 2 254 269 Index power module inverter IGBT sheet 5 257 power module inverter rectifier sheet 3 255 power module rectifier IGBT sheet 4 256 Z zero speed 5 38 84 270 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Rockwell Automation Support Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At http www rockwellautomation com support you can find technical manuals technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools You can also visit our Knowledgebase at http www rockwellautomation com knowledgebase for FAQs technical information support chat and forums software updates and to sign up for product notification updates For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit http www rockwellautomation com support Installation Assistance If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation review the information that is contained in this manual You can contact Customer Support for initial help in getting your product up and running United States or Canada 1 440 646 3434 Outside United States Canada Use
99. disables option to limit operation so that the output frequency always has the same sign as the master speed reference This limits the possible drive action to one direction only Output from the drive is from zero to maximum frequency forward or zero to maximum frequency reverse Bit 5 Feedback Sqrt Square Root Feedback Enables disables the option of using the square root of the feedback signal as the PI feedback Bit 6 Stop Mode Bit 7 Anti Windup 125 Control Range See Figure 41 Default See Figure 41 Access 1 Path Speed Command gt Process See also 124 138 Controls the PI regulator Note that you must use a datalink to write to this parameter interactively from a network PI control allows the drive to take a reference signal setpoint and an actual signal feedback and automatically adjust the speed of the drive to match the actual signal to the reference Proportional control P adjusts the output based on the size of the error larger error proportionally larger correction Integral control I adjusts the output based on the duration ofthe error The integral control by itself is a ramp output correction This type of control gives a smoothing effect to the output and continues to integrate until zero error is achieved By itself integral control is slower than many applications require and therefore is combined with proportional control PI Rockwell Automation Publication D2
100. fault 106 Incompat MCB PB or fault 235 Rctfr Pwr Board occurs after 6 replacing board or at any other point during this procedure then the new combined power board is incompatible with the old combined control board or the data stored on the old combined control board has become corrupt Replace the old combined control board If the fault still exists replace the new combined power board Verify that power board inverter data is correct by checking inverter read only parameter 28 Rated Amps against correct drive output current rating Verify that power board rectifier data is correct by checking rectifier read only parameter 28 Rated Amps against correct rectifier output current rating Reset all inverter parameters to defaults by setting inverter parameter 197 Reset to Defalts to 1 The value of parameter 197 Reset to Defalts returns to 0 immediately after 1 is written to memory This action should clear faults 100 Parameter Checksum and 107 Replaced Reset all rectifier parameters to defaults by setting rectifier parameter 197 Reset to Defalts to 1 The value of parameter 197 Reset Defalts returns to 0 immediately after 1 is written to memory Ifdrive is still faulted attempt to reset the fault using the normal procedure See Clearing Drive Faults on page 222 If drive is still faulted after this attempt is made troubleshoot on the basis of the current fault Reprogr
101. for the time from the most recent power up Fault x Time Power Up Marker the time difference to the most recent power up negative value indicates a fault occurred before the most recent power up positive value indicates a fault occurred after the most recent power up 300 10C Redir Time Range 0 43200 minutes 30 days Default 1440 minutes 24 hours Access 0 Path Communications gt In Data Links See also 301 Amount of time used to determine whether rectifier Instantaneous Overcurrent IOC fault redirection is discontinued because too many rectifier IOC events have occurred in too short a period of time Certain AC line events cause the drive to stop running because of the detection of a rectifier IOC condition IOC fault redirection is a mechanism that allows rectifier IOC conditions to be reported as Input Current Imbalance faults fault 225 rather than as rectifier IOC faults rectifier faults 12 211 212 213 The purpose of this mechanism is to allow external drive control equipment to distinguish between faults caused by AC line events and faults caused by internal drive conditions Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 rectifier IOC condition is considered to redirectable if it occurs more than 1 minute after the rectifier starts running Any rectifier IOC condition occurring within 1 minute ofa rectifier start is always reported as a rectifier IOC fault it is
102. gt Spd Mode amp Limits See also 87 Sets a frequency at which the drive will not operate also called an avoidance frequency Requires that both Skip Frequency 1 3 and Skip Frequency Band 87 be set to a value other than 0 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 89 Chapter 9 87 Skip Freq Band Range 0 0 30 0Hz 0 1 Hz Default 0 0 Hz Access 1 Path Speed Command gt Spd Mode amp Limits See also 84 85 86 Determines the bandwidth around skip frequency half the band above and half the band below the skip frequency 90 Speed Ref A Sel Range 1 Analog In 1 2 Analog In 2 3 8 Reserved 9 Level 10 Reserved 11 Preset Spd 1 12 Preset Spd 2 13 Preset Spd 3 14 Preset Spd 4 15 Preset Spd 5 16 Preset Spd 6 17 Preset Spd 7 18 DPI Port 1 19 DPI Port 2 20 DPI Port 3 21 DPI Port 4 22 DPI Port 5 Default 17 Preset Spd 7 Access 0 Path Speed Command gt Speed References See also 2 91 93 101 107 117 120 192 194 213 272 273 361 366 Selects the source of the speed reference to the drive unless Preset Speed 1 7 101 107 is selected Note that the manual reference command can override the reference control source cause an abrupt speed change if the OIM is the selected reference source The drive will ramp to the reference level provided by the OIM at the rate specified Accel Time 1 140 Accel Time 2 141 Decel Time
103. have been activated DC injection functions are incompatible with synchronous motors and may demagnetize them e No Line Sync Rectifier cannot synchronize to the AC line NP Hz Conflict Fan pump mode is selected in inverter Perf Mode 53 and the ratio of inverter Motor NP Hertz 43 to inverter Maximum Freq 55 is greater than 26 e Power Loss Drive has sensed a power line loss Power Phased Input power phases are connected ACB two input phases must be switched ACB Prechrg Actv Drive is in the initial DC bus precharge state Speed Ref Inverter Speed Ref x Sel or inverter Reference Sel is set to Reserved Cflct Under The bus voltage has dropped below a predetermined value Voltage VHz Neg Slope Custom V Hz mode has been selected in inverter Perf Mode 53 and the V Hz slope is negative 200 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 About Faults Chapter 10 Table 19 Alarm Names Cross Referenced by Alarm Numbers NoU Mam No Alarm Precharge Active 18 Dig n ConflictB 2 UnderVoltage 19 Dig In ConflictC 3 Power Loss 20 Bipolar Conflict 5 Analog In Loss 21 Motor Type Conflict 6 IntDBRes OvrHeat 22 NP Hz Conflict 8 Drive OL Level 1 23 MaxFreq Conflict 9 Drive OL Level 2 24 VHz Neg Slope 12 No Line Sync 25 IR Volts Range 13 Power Ph
104. inverter control board Rctfr 12T 220 Long term current rating of rectifier exceeded 1 Low input voltage can result in increased current load Provide proper input voltage to the drive 2 Verify that rectifier Input Load Amps 106 is set correctly Rctfr IGBT Temp 218 Excessive calculated rectifier IGBT junction temperature Check for proper temperature and flow rate of coolant See rectifier Rctfr IGBT Temp rectifier 19 Retfr 10 Board 236 Loss of communication to rectifier 1 0 board 1 Clear fault Rectifier 1 0 board failure 2 If fault persists verify connection between rectifier 1 0 board and rectifier control board 3 If fault still persists replace rectifier 1 0 board 4 If fault still persists replace rectifier control board Retfr IT Overld 219 Short term current rating of rectifier exceeded Low input voltage can result in increased current load Provide proper input voltage to the drive Rctfr Not Login 238 Rectifier took too long to connect to inverter 1 Check the cabling between the communications interface and the two control boards 2 Verify the DPI Data Rate 270 is set to 500K 3 Connect one DPI device at a time to see if one of the DPI devices is causing the problem 4 Replace the communications interface 5 Replace the rectifier control board Retfr Not OK 232 A fault was detected on the rectifier but could not be Look at rectifier parameter 243 to see fault c
105. lh 15 5 1 d 9 i9 19 9 5 159911142 911 2 5 1 9 5 h i m sl dl a OI PISO 133H8 O14 4 199 YABANI 8 ________ 1 OLY M 1991 ETESANI 338 E 338 z 338 GIH 185 rel IH GF 185 ESIESANI ru GIH 1801 re GIH 12 185 ESLESANI re B n 5 1 CENTERN EENET OF 3 8 3IVO MEFEIHSANI 6 6 31V MIPH3IHSANI 6 8 1 1 r L 1 13348 9 Mor 9 9 as ammm WELLING FMSP HALUAN S 338 Mere WLM wale S vomm N 31 D M 3IVO MZFHSIHSANL gt 1 2 2 2 271 t e OLOSTIOO M 6 ESLUANI mu EN g T amaa ESIUWG AGFESIEGANI Ob amea 0 awawan 1 5 p ANDABAN 6 Suva T 8 L1 6 8 1 4 1 1 1338 9 EOIDSTIOOAPESIHSAN 9 1395 9 9 358 Ss TELLING FA 5 358 Ss 2 Suva Y
106. mJ n INTEND 0L DIS YOYGC333 INJHHNI 6 JNGMMOO Z 80354 DIS 80833 8 I 1 m ud XOV OZA INSHMDO L XOYGCHS INSEAD Y XOVGOS34 L Nd XOVBOSS INET 9 43 weve Y DONC E 1133 8 33S T Y SEIT 31841336 E Ente Maer DH HOSNAS ANIL SUT TIIHO 13388 12 O OLH 13 1 1 FOLH is 18 9 8 338 E OLH IIV TIO ANI HOSNAS seve 355 1991 FOLH ss L901 3IH3ANI 6 OLH 14 185 H3IHGANI 1 FOLH 1 18 9 Xovad334
107. protect password is then set to 6666 on the remote OIM you are required to enter 6666 on the local OIM to program the parameters Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 67 Chapter 8 Notes 68 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 Parameter Descriptions The following information is provided for each parameter along with its description Parameter Number Unique number assigned to each parameter Parameter Name Unique name assigned to each parameter Range Predefined parameter limits or selections Note that a negative Hz value indicates reverse rotation Default Factory default setting Access Parameter access level 0 Basic reduced parameter set most commonly used e 1 Advanced full parameter set Path Menu selections to reach specified parameter The path is indicated in this manner File gt Group See also Associated parameters that may provide additional or related information What the Symbols Mean Symbol Meaning 32 bit parameter Parameter Organization 7 Drive must be stopped before changing parameter value The parameters in this chapter are presented in numerical order To view the parameters organized by their file and group structure see Inverter Parameters View on page 57 e Rectifier Parameters View on page 60 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3
108. the Worldwide Locator at http www rockwellautomation com rockwellautomation support overview page or contact your local Rockwell Automation representative New Product Satisfaction Return Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to help ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number call the phone number above to obtain one to your distributor to complete the return process Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure Documentation Feedback Your comments will help us serve your documentation needs better If you have any suggestions on how to improve this document complete this form publication RA DU002 available at http www rockwellautomation com literature Rockwell Otomasyon Ticaret 5 Kar Plaza Merkezi E Blok Kat 6 34752 erenk y stanbul Tel 90 216 5698400 www rockwellautomation com Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204 2496 USA Tel 1 414 382 2000 Fax 1 414 382 4444 Europe Middle East Africa Rockwell Automation NV Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel 32 2 663 0600 Fa
109. time Check Drive Status 2 210 bit 10 to see if the drive is in current limit Remove excess load or reprogram Accel Time x 140 141 Speed command source or value is not as expected Improper speed command Check for the proper speed command using steps 1 7 in table Table 26 Programming is preventing the drive output from exceeding limiting values Incorrect programming Check Maximum Speed 82 and Maximum Freq 55 to insure that speed is not limited by programming Table 28 Motor Operation is Unstable Indication Cause s Corrective Action None Motor data was incorrectly entered or autotune was not 1 Correctly enter motor nameplate data performed 2 Perform static or rotate autotune procedure 61 Table 29 Drive Does Not Reverse Motor Direction Indication Cause s Corrective Action None Digital input is not selected for reversing control Check Digital Inx Sel Choose correct input and program for reverse Digital input is incorrectly wired Check input wiring Direction Mode 190 parameter is incorrectly programmed Reprogram Direction Mode 190 for analog bipolar or digital unipolar control Motor wiring is improperly phased for reverse Switch two motor leads bipolar analog speed command input is incorrectly wired 1 Use meter to check that an analog input voltage is present signal is absent 2 Check wiring Positive voltage commands forward direction Negative voltage co
110. to start the drive If another auto resettable fault occurs the cycle repeats up to the number of attempts specified in Auto Rstrt Tries If the drive faults repeatedly for more than the number of attempts specified in Auto Rstrt Tries with less than 5 minutes between each fault the drive remains in the faulted state The fault Auto Rstrt Tries are logged in the fault queue The auto restart feature is disabled when the drive is stopping and during autotuning Note that a DC Hold state is considered stopping The following conditions abort the reset run process e Issuing a stop command from control source Note that removal of a 2 wire run fwd or run rev command is considered a stop command Issuing a fault reset command from any active source Removing the enable input signal Setting Auto Restrt Tries to zero e Occurrence of a fault that is not auto resettable Removing power from the drive Exhausting an auto reset run cycle Note that two auto restart status bits are provided in Drive Status 2 210 an active status bit and a countdown status bit 175 Auto Rstrt Delay Range 0 5 30 0 sec 0 1 sec Default 1 0 sec Access 0 Path Dynamic Control gt Restart Modes See also 174 Sets the time between restart attempts when the auto restart feature is enabled See Auto Rstrt Tries 174 for more information about the auto restart feature Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May
111. try to achieve full motor stator flux When a start command is issued DC current at current limit level is used to build stator flux before accelerating 59 SV Boost Filter Range 0 32767 Default 500 Access 1 Path Motor Control gt Torg Attributes See also Sets the amount of filtering used to boost voltage during Sensorless Vector operation Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 61 Autotune Range 0 Ready 1 Static Tune 2 Rotate Tune 3 Calculate Default 3 Calculate Access 0 Path Motor Control gt Torq Attributes See also 53 62 63 Provides a manual or automatic method for setting IR Voltage Drop 62 and Flux Current Ref 63 which affect sensorless vector performance Valid only when Torque Perf Mode 53 is set to Sensrls Vect or SV Economize Ready 0 Parameter returns to this setting following a Static Tune or Rotate Tune It also permits manually setting IR Voltage Drop 62 and Flux Current Ref 63 Static Tune 1 A temporary command that initiates a non rotational motor stator resistance test for the best possible automatic setting of IR Voltage Drop A start command is required following the initiation of this setting The parameter returns to Ready 0 following the test at which time another start transition is required to operate the drive in normal mode Used when the motor cannot be uncoupled from the load Rotate Tune 2 A temporary
112. user is responsible for providing suitable audible or visual alarms or other devices to indicate that this function is enabled and the drive may start at any moment Failure to observe this precaution could result in severe bodily injury or loss of life Save User Set 1 3 Saves the active configuration to drive memory The drive responds as ifa value had been entered in Save to User Set 199 or Save to User Set was selected from the Memory Storage menu of the OIM Acc Dec Change Toggles between the display of Acc Dec rate 1 and Acc Dec rate 2 The value the drive is configured to go to not the current value being used by the drive This selection is based on the active value of the rate parameters 140 143 Therefore when any of these parameters change the actual acc dec rates will dynamically change Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Preset Speed 1 6 Toggles the selected preset Appendix B speed on and off and grants Hand manual reference control Returns to Auto reference when the function is toggled View Fault Queue Displays the Fault Queue screen see Accessing the Fault Queue on page 226 Press to return to the process display screen Next Reserved for future use Customizing the Function Key Label Text You can customize the text for each function key label up to five characters See Figure 101 Figure 101 Customizing the Function Key Label Text Function List Unde
113. while it is running If Vdc Optimize 102 is set to Enabled the DC bus voltage generated by the rectifier while the rectifier or the entire drive is running is calculated based a combination of the DC bus level necessary to provide the motor voltage required by the inverter and the measured line to line voltage of the AC line Vdc Reference 103 is not used in this case If Vdc Optimize 102 is set to Enabled the DC bus voltage required by the inverter is calculated from the output frequency of the inverter and the value of the Max Motor Volts 107 Max Motor Freq 108 and Base Motor Freq 109 rectifier parameters 172 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 103 VdcReference 400 0 800 0V x xV DC Default 700 0 Access 0 Dynamic Control gt Bus Voltage See also 102 104 If Vdc Optimize 102 is set to Disabled Vdc Reference 103 is the minimum DC bus voltage generated by the rectifier while the rectifier or the entire drive is running If Vdc Optimize 102 is set to Enabled then Vdc Reference 103 is not used 104 Vdc Command Range 400 0 800 0V DC x xV DC Default Read Only Access 0 Dynamic Control gt Bus Voltage See also 102 103 Displays the commanded DC bus voltage See Vde Optimize 102 for more information on how the rectifier derives this command when it or the entire drive is running When the rectifier is not running this paramete
114. will energize user configurable digital output 2 AC Line I O Board Description Frame 3 Only 15 through mbined I O Board Description Frame 4 Only on pag 2 description of I O vm dari is present on this by the inverter 385 Out2 Level Sets the user configurable digital output activation level for options 10 15 in Digital Out2 Sel Units are assumed to match the above selection for example At Freq Hz At Torque Amps See AC Line I O Board Description Frame 3 Only on page 25 through Combined I O Board Description Frame 4 Only on of y emm she is present on iir dove and is by the inverter Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 161 Chapter 9 Rectifier Parameters 162 386 DigOut2 OnTime Range 0 00 600 00 sec 0 01 sec Default 0 00 sec Access 1 Path Inputs amp Output gt Digital Outputs See also 384 Sets the on delay time for the user configurable digital output 2 This is the time between the occurrence of a condition and activation of the digital output See AC Line I O Board Description Frame 3 Only on page 25 through Combined I O Board Description Frame 4 Only on page 29 for a description of I O hardware that is present on this drive and is controlled by the inverter 387 DigOut2 OffTime Range 0 00 600 00 sec 0 01 sec Default 0 00 sec Access 1 Path Inputs amp Output gt Digital Ou
115. 0 Rated Amps 28 70 Rated kW 26 69 Rated Volts 27 70 Rectifier Config 32 72 Rectifier Control 33 73 Rectifier Fault 35 75 Rectifier Status 34 74 Reset Meters 200 114 Reset To Defalts 197 113 Run Boost 70 83 5 Curve 146 100 Save MOP Ref 194 112 Save OIM Ref 192 111 Save To User Set 199 113 Skip Freq Band 87 86 Skip Frequency 1 85 Skip Frequency 2 85 85 Skip Frequency 3 86 85 Sleep Level 182 108 Sleep Mode Enable 178 107 Sleep Time 183 108 Sleep Wake Ref 179 107 Slip Comp Gain 122 92 Slip RPM FLA 121 91 Slip RPM Meter 123 92 TL IL III Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Index Speed Mode 80 83 Speed Ref A Hi 91 87 88 Speed Ref A Lo 92 87 88 Speed Ref A Sel 90 86 Speed Ref B Sel 93 87 Speed Ref Source 213 118 Start At PowerUp 168 105 Start Inhibits 214 118 Start Acc Boost 69 82 Status 1 Fault 227 122 Status 2 Fault 228 123 Stop Mode A 155 101 Stop Mode B 156 101 Stop Owner 288 132 SV Boost Filter 59 80 TB Man Ref Hi 97 89 TB Man Ref Lo 98 89 TB Man Ref Sel 96 88 Testpoint 1 Data 235 124 Testpoint 1 Sel 234 124 Testpoint 2 Data 237 124 Testpoint 2 Sel 236 124 Torque Current 4 66 Torque Perf Mode 53 78 Trim Hi 119 91 Trim In Select 117 90 Trim Lo 120 91 Trim Out Select 118 90 Voltage Class 202 114 Wake Level 180 107 Wake Time 181 107 Parameters rectifier Active Current
116. 0 0 0 0 1 Inhibit True 15 14 13 12 1110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 O lInhibit False Nibble4 Nibble3 Nibble2 Nibble1 Bit 122 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 9 215 Last Stop Source Displays the source that initiated the most recent stop sequence It is cleared set to 0 during the next start sequence 216 Status For Frame 3 drives this parameter provides the state of the user configurable Digital Inputs on the optional A22 Standard I O board For Frame 4 drives this parameter provides the state of the user configurable Digital Inputs on the 12 Combined I O board See AC Line I O Board Description Frame 3 Only on page 25 through Combined I O Board Description Frame 4 Only on page 29 for a description of I O hardware that is present on this drive and is controlled by the inverter Figure 50 Dig In Status 216 1 Input Active 15 14 13 12111109817 6 5 0 Not Active Nibble4 Nibble3 Nibble2 Nibble 1 Bit For Frame 3 drives firmware version 1 x this parameter is only usable ifan optional Standard I O board is present Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 123 Chapter 9 124 217 Dig Out Status Range See Figure 51 and Figure 52 Default Read Only Access 0 Path
117. 0 d cv VOOE HA NVWSSDH 00679006 903 T KIN OLY 009 100A IST AXS VL 39 5591 snd 6 NZD 07009 100 11 350431111 9 39 55700 903 e men Taoly 1008117 ISALT 33 55 72 ENJ L ON 2 01 CNOI 02 w S341 009 02 55970 cni 3 ON 00 24 581 01109 02 3 S34i 55 A009 VU2 5 5591 Ini 7 i E m N d 83114605 N d wv 79915 NOLLdINOS3C ISNA 339 t 8 00 11491 3504 DICE DE WODI 01 S39VLIDA 32 343434 aounig A S CON Ayou4oN 8 0 ougg y 3u344n 2 a 4 2 AyvuuoN 8 0 1S3ndinp 19401 8 39 325 Syndyng 09501 8 9 0 2 300310A 2 syndur 1590041 D I WISI D I 90 INNV sjou6is 043 02 852 wavaa Wy 83L38NV vziz ote samisisay 8008 394 ono 6n3 S J sezz
118. 02 3518 3 May 2013 248 Appendix Figure 104 Power Module Wiring Diagram Frame 3 sheet 1 1049 WNH31X3 Z 335 SNOILO3NNOO IVNH31X3 GSA TNN331X3 100 90Zv6 deb ls 5 TWNY31X3 30 HOIIMS ON NOILVYIdO 51 403 Q38In03H 38V LVHL JINGOW 33MOd OJA OL WNYILXS SINJNOdNOD 3LVDIGNI SINT WOLNVHd SY3SHLO A8 31VOIONI SINIT O3HSVO 31000 33MOd OJA 3131dWOO X04 Z 133HS 335 2 S80103NNOO 30 201 L 531 91530 W 108 AS 5310 GvL6L 32018 TWNINH3L Ti 31 9 131 eels fel 9 1335 NO Jui 335 SIE elas AvZ_NOILdO 0 1 QuvONVIS
119. 1 142 and Decel Time 2 143 Be aware that an abrupt speed change may occur depending upon the new reference level and the rate specified in these parameters Failure to observe this precaution could result in bodily injury ATTENTION Removing and replacing the OIM while the drive is running may 90 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 91 Speed Ref AHi Scales the upper value of the Speed Ref A Sel 90 selection when the source is an analog input 92 Speed Ref A Lo Scales the lower value of the Speed Ref A Sel 90 selection when the source is an analog input 93 Speed Ref B Sel Co Selects the source of the speed reference to the drive unless Preset Speed 1 7 101 107 is selected Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 9 Chapter 9 Note that the manual reference command override the reference control source cause an abrupt speed change if the OIM is the selected reference source The drive will ramp to the reference level provided by the OIM at the rate specified in Accel Time 1 140 Accel Time 2 141 Decel Time 1 142 and Decel Time 2 143 Be aware that an abrupt speed change may occur depending upon the new reference level and the rate specified in these parameters Failure to observe this precaution could result in bodily injury ATTENTION Removing and replacing the OIM while the drive is running may 94 SpeedRefB Hi Range
120. 1641 vul T G 133 5 NO 3IBVI 335 Vin l 10 506 2 22006 10 29069 9 13395 NO VAYL 335 yr ASSV 39V 383INI 0708 AddNS ASSY 32 3831 ur wenn m YIMOd M3133ANI 3MOd 8 SNOILYIINNWWOD YIMOd 08 311238 mm ba m ISSY 9 v B INAS 6 9964 ae m 3 1 HOLIMS 32078 TWNINYAL ne f rae 9 ON 31v9 100 82864 Y DO 335 0461 100 878641 10130 335 n m Z0v 98664 300 0696 20 9866 jaw ASSY 11961 ASSY L 00 1081402 amp ASSY NI 1081302 5 331234 SHOIVNOISJU Nid ONVOB 24 f 804 G v 5133 5 335 7 100 9608 5 183804402 AIANISSY T300N 31000 YIMOd 5 13365 21841 335 7 5310 NOUJ3NNOO ONVOB OL ONVOB Nid 96 NNOILdO 181 2207 008161 504 ZE 0018 TWNIREGL 10v 168 v 1130 ASSY AVZ 0 OLS 2 14 ONY 1df NO Sod wdamnr 58012384802 0 1 310038 hor 133 5 3180 335 80535 3univs3aN3L 1232 NOUJ3NNOO ONVOB OL QBVOB Nid 92 G9G6 ASSV 0 1 00816 INT OV 50 ZE 01 TWNINYIL Zw Rockwell
121. 17 9 118 200 Reset Meters Resets selected meters to zero After a Reset Meters operation is performed the value of this parameter returns to 0 for Ready 201 Language Selects the display language when using an OIM 202 Voltage Class Resets selected parameters that change the drive voltage rating current rating scaling and motor data Maximum Frequency 55 is affected by changing this parameter 203 Drive Checksum Provides a checksum value that indicates whether or not a change in inverter configuration has occurred data values only Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 209 Drive Status 1 See Figure 45 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Utility gt Diagnostics Seealso 210 Present operating condition of the drive Figure 45 Drive Status 1 209 d SA A EEL 1101110001110 0 1 Condition True 11109 8 7 6 5 413 2 1 0 O Condition False Nibble 3 Nibble2 Nibble1 X Reserved Description Bits Description 15 14 113 2 11 110 9 0 0 0 0 RefA Auto 0 0 0 Port0 TB 0 0 JO 1 Preset 1 Auto 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 jPreset2 Auto 0 1 0 Port2 0 0 1 11 Preset 3 Auto 01111 Port3 0 1 0 0 Preset 4 Auto 1 0 0 Port4 0 1 0 1 Preset 5 Auto 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 Preset 6
122. 193 MOP Config Save MOP Ref 194 MOP Rate 195 Drive Memory Param Access Lvl 196 SaveToUserSet 199 Voltage Class 202 Reset To Defalts 197 Reset Meters 200 Drive Checksum 203 Load Frm Usr Set 198 Language 201 Diagnostics Drive Status 1 209 Dig Out Status 217 Status 1 Fault 227 Drive Status 2 210 InvtrBaseTemp 218 Status 2 Fault 228 Drive Alarm 1 211 Drive OL Count 219 Alarm 1 Fault 229 Drive Alarm 2 212 MotorOLCount 220 Alarm 2 Fault 230 SpeedRefSoure 213 Imbalance Count 221 Testpoint 1 Sel 234 Start Inhibits 214 Fault Frequency 224 Testpoint 1 Data 235 Last Stop Source 215 Fault Amps 225 Testpoint 2 Sel 236 Dig In Status 216 Fault Bus Volts 226 Testpoint 2 Data 237 Faults Fault Config 1 238 FaultClearMode 241 Fault Clear 240 PowerUpMarker 242 Fault 1 Code 243 Fault 1 Time 244 Fault 8 Code 245 Fault 8 Time 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 Alarms Alarm Config 1 259 Alarm Clear 261 Alarm 1 Code 262 Alarm 8 Code 269 Drive Alarm 1 211 Drive Alarm 2 212 Communication Inputs amp Outputs Chapter 8 Group Parameters Comm Control DPI Data Rate 270 Drive Ref Rslt 272 Drive Logic Rslt 271 DriveRampRslt 273 Masks amp Owners Logic Mask 276 Fault Cir Mask 283 ReferenceOwner 292 Start Mask 277 Mask 284 Accel Owner 293 Jog Mask
123. 2 13195 Ambient Temperature outside NEMA UL Type 1 enclosure 0 40 C 32 104 F Storage Temperature Ambient 40 65 C 40 149 F Humidity 5 95 non condensing 1 With typical heat rise inside a cabinet 40 104 F ambient outside usually results in 55 C 131 F inside Determining Total Area Required Based on Drive Dimensions Overall drive dimensions are identified in these figures e Frame 3 drives 180264 A03 and 180264 A06 in Figure 14 Frame 4 drives 180580 07 and 180580 09 in Figure 16 Overall power module dimensions are identified in these figures Frame 3 power modules LF200460AAR and LF200608CCR in Figure 15 Frame 4 power modules LF200900CCRand LF201215CCR in Figure 17 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 3 Figure 14 Exterior Enclosure Dimensions 180264 A03 and 180264 A06 Frame 3 1670671 17 89 191 11 2706 5 LAN 1 2 1 YJHSYM 320 13NI8V2 101581 0399195 SU3HSVM 1974 ATIVLSNI 3115 1108 006 X NOILDINNOD 3801 09 91 9 i 1015 11134 52717 X G29 4 79211 6 057 19911 2511 532 14 LIN ONILNNON 80013 03114405 93801502 qr 52706 0079 5 2611 0079 ff dN W E 1 3 1Nv 1000 SS v1 V 1271671 31 14 55120 SIWI 9
124. 2013 Chapter 9 178 Sleep Wake Mode Range 0 Disabled Default 0 Disabled Access 1 Path Dynamic Control gt Restart Modes See also Enables the Sleep Wake function This parameter is not used with LiquiFlo 2 0 AC drives 179 Sleep Wake Ref Range 1 Analog In 1 2 Analog In 2 Default 2 Analog In 2 Access 1 Path Dynamic Control gt Restart Modes See also Selects the source of the input controlling the Sleep Wake function This parameter is not used with LiquiFlo 2 0 AC drives 180 Wake Level o Range Sleep Level 20 000 mA 10 000V 0 001 mA 0 001V Default 6 000 mA 6 000V Access 1 Path Dynamic Control gt Restart Modes See also 181 Defines the analog input level that starts the drive This parameter is not used with LiquiFlo 2 0 AC drives 181 WakeTime Range 0 0 30 0 0 1 sec Default 1 0 Access 1 Path Dynamic Control gt Restart Modes See also 180 Defines the amount of time at or above Wake Level before a start command is issued This parameter is not used with LiquiFlo 2 0 AC drives Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 111 Chapter 9 112 182 Sleep Level Range 4 000 mA 0 000V Wake Level 0 001 mA 0 001V Default 5 000 mA 5 000V Access 1 Path Dynamic Control gt Restart Modes See also 183 Defines the analog input level that stops the drive This parameter is not used with LiquiFlo 2 0 AC drives
125. 4 138 Present value of the PI feedback signal Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 137 PI Error Meter Range 100 00 0 01 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Speed Command gt Process PI Seealso 124 138 Present value of the PI error signal 138 PlOutput Meter Range 100 0 Hz 0 1 Hz Default Read Only Access 1 Path Speed Command gt Process See also 124 138 Present value of the PI output signal 140 Accel Time 1 141 Accel Time 2 Range 0 1 100 0 0 1 sec Default 10 0 Access 140 0 Path Dynamic Control gt Ramp Rates 1120 See also 142 143 146 361 366 The Accel Time parameters set the rate at which the drive ramps to its output frequency after a start command or during an increase in command frequency speed change The rate established is the result ofthe following equation Maximum Speed Accel Time Accel Rate Two accel times exist to enable acceleration rate changes on the fly using a building automation system command or digital input if configured Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 103 Chapter 9 104 142 DecelTime 1 143 DecelTime 2 Range 0 1 100 0 sec 0 1 sec Default 10 0 sec Access 14220 Path Dynamic Control gt Ramp Rates 13 0 See also 142 143 146 361 366 Sets the rate of deceleration for all speed decreases Max Speed Decel Time Decel Rate Two decel times exist t
126. 43 1 Code 245 _ Fault4Code 247 249 64 Ride Through Ena 159 CS Timeout Cnt 244 Fault 1 Time 246 Fault4Time 248 250 65 Ride Through Sec 160 CS MSG Bad Cnt 300 10 Time 100 Rectifier Contrl 161 PC MSG Rx Cnt 301 10C Redir 101 Rectifier Status 162 PC MSG Tx Cnt 302 Service 302 102 Vdc Optimize 163 PCTimeout Cnt 303 Service 303 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 65 Chapter 8 Security and Passwords 66 protect password Rockwell Automation is not responsible for unauthorized access violations within your organization Failure to observe this precaution could result in bodily injury ATTENTION It is your responsibility to determine how to distribute the write Parameter values can be password protected using the OIM When the password is enabled parameter values can be displayed However if there is an attempt to change a parameter value a password pop up box appears on the OIM screen to prompt for the user defined write protect password To set the write protect password select the Password icon from the main menu See Figure 29 The password value can range from 1 9999 A value of 0 disables the password factory default To disable the password you must first enter the correct value and then set the password to zero When the password is enabled the lock symbol on the screen changes from g tog Figure 29 Setting the Write protect Password gt g
127. 518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 35 Fault Range 0 299 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Monitor gt Application See also Displays a fault from the rectifier The rectifier writes a fault code into this parameter through a data link 40 Motor Type Range 0 Induction 1 Synchr Reluc 2 Synchr PM Default 0 Induction Access 1 Path Motor Control gt Motor Data See also Set to match the type of motor connected Induction Synchronous Reluctance or Synchronous Permanent Magnet 41 Motor NP Volts 0 0 to Drive Rated Volts 0 1V AC Default Based on Drive Type Access 0 Path Motor Control gt Motor Data See also Set to the motor nameplate rated volts The motor nameplate base voltage defines the output voltage when operating at rated current rated speed and rated temperature 42 Motor NP FLA Range 0 0 to Rated Amps x2 0 1 A Default Based on Drive Type Access 0 Path Motor Control gt Motor Data See also 47 48 Set to the motor nameplate rated full load amps The motor nameplate FLA defines the output amps when operating at rated voltage rated speed and rated temperature It is used in the motor thermal overload and in the calculation of slip Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 79 Chapter 9 80 43 Motor NP Hertz 5 0 250 0 Hz 0 1 Hz Default Based on Drive Type Access 0 Path Motor Con
128. 60 0 Hz Access 1 Path Speed Command gt Speed Trim See also 82 117 Scales the upper value of the Trim In Select 117 selection when the source is an analog input 120 Range Maximum Speed 0 1 Hz Default 0 0 Hz Access 1 Path Speed Command gt Speed Trim Seealso 117 Scales the lower value of the Trim In Select 117 selection when the source is an analog input 121 Slip RPM FLA Range 0 0 1200 0 RPM Default Based on Motor NP RPM Access 1 Path Speed Command Slip Comp See also 61 80 122 123 Sets the amount of compensation to drive output at motor FLA If parameter 61 Autotune 3 Calculate changes made to this parameter are not accepted Parameters in the Slip Comp Group 121 123 are used to enable and tune the slip compensation regulator To allow the slip compensation regulator to control drive operation Speed Mode 80 must be set to 1 Slip Comp Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 95 Chapter 9 122 Slip Comp Gain 1 0 100 0 0 1 Default 40 0 Access 1 Path Speed Command gt Slip Comp See also 80 121 122 Sets the response time of slip compensation Parameters in the Slip Comp Group 121 123 are used to enable and tune the slip compensation regulator To allow the slip compensation regulator to control drive operation Speed Mode 80 must be set to 1 Slip Comp 123 Slip RPM Meter Range 300 0 RPM Default Re
129. 600 V Class CC 3 Line 49454 19 2 2 Lug 2 600 Thomas amp Betts ADR60 22D 1 1 115 V Fan 6 dia SK L1 FAN3 F3 2 2 Transformer 5 kVA 21T MISC B TR1 1 1 Fuse Holder 600 V 30 A Buss R60030 2SR 1 1 Precharge Resistor 47 Ohm 300W 211 322542 02 set of 3 resistors 3 3 Resistor 100 kOhm 50 W Dale RH 50 3 3 Circuit Breaker Main Qty 1 21P CB A600 65 S 65kAIC base drive 1 21P CB A600 100 S 100kAIC 0 option 0 21 800 65 5 1 21P CB A800 100 S 100kAIC 0 21P CB A600 HDL Handle 1 Fuse Class RK 5 600 V 15 A Gould Shawmut TRS R15 2 2 Fuse Class CC 600 V 5 Gould Shawmut 5 1 Fuse Class CC 600 V 1 A Gould Shawmut ATQR1 3 3 Fuse Class CC 600 V 20 A Gould Shawmut ATDR20 3 3 Fuse Class CC 600 25 A Gould Shawmut ATQR25 1 1 Terminal Block 6 Position 49455 93E 1 1 Capacitor Guard Panel 179960 1 1 Plastic Knob Reid JCL 555 4 4 460 A Power Module LF200460AAR 1 608 A Power Module LF200608CCR 1 LCD OIM Door Mounted RETLCD 1 REBZL N1 1 Air Filter 180415 1 Floor Mounting Kit Optional 180380 001 3 3 Surge Suppressor 21 385253 04 1 Inductor 405 Amp 211 380097 A02 Inductor 610 Amp 211 380097 A04 1 218 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 10 Replacement Parts Frame 3 Power Module Table 32 LiquiFlo 2 0 Power Module Replacement Parts Frame 3 Only
130. 7 A 0 1 A Default Read Only Access 0 Path Utility Diagnostics See also Displays phase T RMS input current at the time of the most recent fault 224 Fault Amps 0 Range 0 0 3276 7 A 0 1 A Default Read Only Access 0 Path Utility gt Diagnostics See also Displays active input current at the time of the most recent fault Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 225 Fault Amps D Range 0 0 3276 7 0 1 A Default Read Only Access 0 Path Utility gt Diagnostics See also Displays reactive input current at the time of the most recent fault 226 Fault Volts Vdc Range 0 0 3276 7V DC 0 1V DC Default Read Only Access 0 Path Utility gt Diagnostics See also Displays DC bus voltage at the time of the most recent fault 227 Fault Volts Q Range 0 0 3276 7V DC 0 1V DC Default Read Only Access 0 Path Utility gt Diagnostics See also Displays commanded active line voltage at the time of the most recent fault 228 FaultVolts D Range 0 0 3276 7 DC 0 1V DC Default Read Only Access 0 Path Utility gt Diagnostics See also Displays commanded reactive line voltage at the time of the most recent fault 234 Testpoint 1 Sel Range 0 65535 Default 499 Access 0 Path Utility gt Diagnostics See also This parameter is for service use only Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 187 Chapter
131. 75 mounting drive 41 power module 43 nameplate drive 9 power module 20 0 cables 231 controlling the drive from 242 customizing the function keys 239 customizing the process display screen 239 display description 233 display timeout period setting 242 drive status parameters accessing 223 fast power up 236 fault parameters accessing 223 fault queue accessing 222 installing and removing 231 key descriptions 234 loading and saving user sets 238 menu structure 235 monitoring the drive 238 parameters accessing 58 parameters viewing and adjusting 237 powering up and adjusting the OIM 236 process display screen 238 product version how to determine 223 program protection selecting 62 reference displaying and changing 239 removing while the drive is powered 233 resetting the display 236 reverse video selecting 242 screen contrast adjusting 236 selecting a device 236 starting the drive 242 stopping the drive 242 using 231 using to program the drive 236 version information 224 viewing and adjusting parameters 237 viewing component version level 224 viewing OIM component version level 225 viewing OIM product version level 225 viewing product version level 224 viewing the inverter from 224 viewing the rectifier from 224 operating temperature 229 optional equipment 29 optional standard 1 0 board description frame 3 only 23 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May
132. 78 Unit Changed Params ZN gt gt Stopped Aula PO LiquiFlo 2 0 2 N Parameter Parameters Y Changed Par NN By Group Parameter Text N Numbers A 456 78 Unit L y Searching Changed Params Td S lt 5 N Viewing Rectifier or Inverter Parameters The OIM initially displays information about the inverter including inverter parameters To display rectifier parameters and other information about the rectifier switch the OIM to the Active Rectifier device See Figure 27 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Selecting the Parameter Access Level Chapter 8 Figure 27 Selecting the Active Rectifier Stopped PO LiquiFlo 2 0 Main Menu Stopped LiquiFlo 2 0 P2 Active Rectifier 755 X LCD OIM Main Menu unt 08 Active Rectifier 2 uuu 120 E Device Select Device Select o O Monitor I Monitor Highlight Device Select Icon To switch back to viewing inverter information use the process described by Figure 27 but select the LiquiFlo 2 0 device The LiquiFlo 2 0 AC drive provides two levels of access to the parameters e Basic 0 e Advanced 1 The Advanced level allows access to all of the parameters The Basic lev
133. Alarms See also 262 269 Resets all Alarm1 8 Code parameters 262 269 to zero After a Clear Alarm Queue operation the value of this parameter returns to 0 for Ready 262 Alarm 1 Code 263 2 Code 264 Alarm 3 Code 265 Alarm 4 Code 266 Alarm 5 Code 267 Alarm 6 Code 268 Alarm 7 Code 269 Alarm 8 Code Range 0 65535 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Utility gt Alarms See also 261 A code that represents a drive alarm The codes appear in the order that the alarms occur The first code in is the first out A time stamp is not available with alarms Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 131 Chapter 9 270 DPI Data Rate 0 125 kbps 1 500 kbps Default 1 55 1 Path Communication gt Comm Control See also For LiquiFlo2 0 drives this parameter must be set to 1 500 kpbs 271 Drive Logic Rslt Range See Figure 59 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Communication gt Comm Control See also The final logic command to the drive resulting from the combination of all port requests and masking functions Each bit or set of bits represent a command to the drive or follower device Figure 59 Drive Logic Rslt 271 0101010 1 Condition Active 15 14 13 12 0 Inactive Nibble 4 Nibble3 Nibble2 Nibble1 Reserved Bit Bits Descriptio
134. Appendix 0 Figure 114 Power Module Inverter IGBT Wiring Diagram Frame 4 sheet 5 59945 SINGOW H3MOd 03 eve 2510081 1801001108 1891 3MO1 199103891 1891801 vt ASSY 1991 E ASSY 1991 1 24 ASSY 180 26202 ASSY 1991 i i l 3 3 3 3 l 3 3 3 3 2 2 14 2 2 10 5 21 22 1 5 2 25 918 7 7 T T 1 7 2 13348 sna 338 T T T T T t 1 1 sng 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 It D tot ah ht
135. Auto 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 Preset 7 Auto 1 1 1 NoLocal Control 1 0 0 0 1 10 0 1 Port Manual 1 10 1 0 Port2 Manual 1 0 1 1 Port3 Manual 1 1 0 0 Port4 Manual 1 1 0 1 Port5 Manual 1 1 1 10 Port6 Manual Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 119 Chapter 9 120 210 Drive Status 2 Range See Figure 46 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Utility gt Diagnostics Seealso 209 Present operating condition of the drive Figure 46 Drive Status 2 210 11 011 11110 010 1 Condition True 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 1 0 0 Condition False Nibble4 Nibble3 Nibble2 Nibblei X Reserved Bit Bit 0 Ready No start inhibits are active Bit 1 Active Drive is generating output voltage to the motor Bit 2 Running Drive is generating output voltage to the motor run has been selected Bit 8 AutoRst Auto Restart Countdown See parameter 174 Bit 9 AutoRst Ac Auto Restart Active See parameter 174 Bit 11 Bus Freq Reg Drive is regulating bus frequency Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 211 Drive Alarm 1 Range See Figure 47 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Utility gt Diagnostics Utility gt Alarms See also 212 259 Indicates Type 1 alarm conditions that currently exist in the drive Note that for a
136. Current 200 202 Invtr Dsat U V 238 Rctfr Not Login 37 Motor Imbalance 200 202 Invtr Dsat U V W 239 Power Phased ACB 38 Phase U to Grnd 203 205 Invtr Over Cur U V W 240 Rctfr Gate Kill 2 39 Phase to Grnd 206 Invtr HW Unused 3 241 243 Retfr Dsat R S T 40 Phase W to Grnd 207 Invtr Gate Kill 244 NTC Demux 2 4 Phase UV Short 208 210 Retfr Dsat R S TO 245 Rctfr Unk 10 Brd 2 42 Phase VW Short 208 210 RetfrDsat R S T 246 Rctfr DPI Comm 43 Phase WU Short 211 213 Rctfr Over Cur R S 247 CarrierSync Lost 1 Fault numbers not listed are reserved for future use 2 Fault available on Frame 4 drives only 3 Fault available on Frame 3 drives only 214 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 10 Diagnostic Parameters The table below describes the diagnostic parameter values Diagnostic Parameter Number 1 Value Displayed DPI Error Status 2 Calculated IGBT Junction Temperature 3 Active Current Limit 4 Active PWM Frequency 5 Lifetime MegaWatt 5 6 Lifetime Run Time 7 Lifetime Powered Up Time 8 Lifetime Power Cycles 9 Life MegaWatt Hours Fraction 10 Life MegaWatt Hours Fraction Units 11 99 Reserved for Factory Use 1 Use the equation below to calculate total Lifetime MegaWatt Hours Value of Code 9 Value of Code 10 x 01 Value of Code 5 Total Lifetime Megawatt Hours
137. Defaults EEPROM configuration data inverter 197 and rectifier Reset To Defaults rectifier 197 to reset all drive parameters to defaults then reconfigure drive as necessary 2 If problem persists replace power board Rctfr Base Temp 217 Measured temperature of one of the rectifier IGBT modules Check for proper temperature and flow rate of coolant exceeded limits Rctfr Checksum 29 The parameter checksum read from the rectifier portion ofthe 1 Clear fault control board does not match the checksum calculated orthe 2 Iffault persists restore defaults on rectifier rectifier parameter 197 then control board or power board has been replaced reprogram rectifier parameters 3 If fault still persists replace control board or power board Rctfr DPI Comm 246 DPI communications interrupted between inverter and 1 Clear fault rectifier 2 If fault recurs or persists replace control board Rctfr Dsat 208 High current was detected in IGBT 1 Check for loose connection in IGBT wire harness R S T 209 2 Check IGBTs 210 Rctfr Dsat 241 High current was detected IGBT 1 Check for loose connection in IGBT wire harness R S T 242 2 Check IGBTS 243 Rctfr Gate Kill 240 Gate kill contact is open Close gate kill contact Rctfr Gnd Fault 216 Excessive line side input ground current measured Check for grounded input wiring Rctfr HW Unk 231 Rectifier portion of power stru
138. Digital In2 Sel set to 7 Run in 2 wire control See Chapter 10 for more information about these alarms Dig In Status 116 indicates the current state of the digital inputs Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 9 380 Digital Out1 Sel Selects the drive status that will energize user configurable digital output 1 See AC Line I O Board Description Frame 3 Only on page 25 through Combined I O Board Description Frame 4 Only on page 29 for a description of I O hardware that is present on this drive and is controlled by the inverter For Frame 3 drives firmware version 1 x most of the values possible for this parameter only affect the operation of the drive if an optional Standard I O board is present The only exception is when Dig Outl Sel 380 is set to Aux Run 28 If the parameter is set to Aux Run 28 digital output 2 on the AC Line I O board is energized whenever the inverter is running even if an optional Standard I O board is not present Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 159 Chapter 9 160 381 Out Level Range 0 0 819 2 0 1 Default 00 Access 0 Path Inputs amp Outputs gt Digital Outputs Seealso 380 Sets the user configurable digital output activation level for options 10 15 in Digital Out Sel Units are assumed to match the above selection for example At Freq Hz At Torque Amps See AC Line I O Board Description
139. ENTION Ethylene glycol solutions must be inhibited and silicate free Use of uninhibited and silicate containing solutions can damage the cooling system For coolant hardware connections see Figure 14 on page 37 through Figure 17 on page 40 Condition Electronic Motor Overload Protection Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Specification Provides class 10 motor overload protection according to NEC article 430 Does not provide speed sensitive overload protection thermal memory retention and motor over temperature sensing according to NEC article 430 126 A 2 If such protection is needed in the end use product it must be provided by additional means Using the The LCD Operator Interface Module OIM is a keypad display that enables you to program monitor and control the drive Figure 91 OIM See Display Description on page 237 for information abut the display See Key Descriptions on page 238 for information abut the keys Installing and Removing the Acable RECBL LCD must be used to convert the OIM for hand held use The maximum cable length is 9 7 m 32 ft using extender cables To install the OIM on Frame 3 Power Module connect the OIM to DPI port 3 the DPI Communication Interface board until it clicks into place See Figure 92 To install the OIM on a Frame 4 Power Module connect the OIM to the OIM adapter on the lower r
140. Flo 2 0 Power Module Frame 3 Lifting Hole both sides Input and Output Busbar 1 Ea 4 Lifting Hol hori sides BaS e Figure 22 Lift Point Locations for LiquiFlo 2 0 Power Module Frame 4 Lifting Hole SEE both sides 5 Input and Output E Busbar both sides d Lifting Hole both sides Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 47 Chapter 4 Use the following procedure to lift and mount the LiquiFlo 2 0 power module ATTENTION Do not use input and output busbars for lifting or handling Otherwise damage to equipment may result ATTENTION Mechanically support conductors to minimize mechanical load on input and output busbars Otherwise damage to equipment may result 1 Use an overhead or portable hoist minimum 2 ton rated capacity to attach a free fall chain to the chain secured to the power module Take up any vertical slack in the chain 2 Use the hoist to carefully lift the power module from the horizontal shipping pallet 3 Position the power module in the prepared mounting location 4 Machine fasten the power module enclosure using 1 2 inch bolts grade 5 or better with compression washers Recommended tightening torque is 11 3 13 5 Nem 100 120 Ibein 48 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Installing Power Wiring from th
141. Ixo Voltage Drop 64 82 Jog Speed 100 89 Language 201 114 Last Stop Source 215 119 Load Frm Usr Set 198 113 Logicl Mask 276 129 Man Ref Preload 193 111 Maximum Freq 55 79 Maximum Speed 82 84 Maximum Voltage 54 78 Minimum Speed 81 84 MOP Frequency 11 68 MOP Rate 195 112 Motor NP FLA 42 75 Motor NP Hertz 43 76 Motor NP Power 45 76 Motor NP RPM 44 76 Motor NP Volts 41 75 Motor OL Count 220 121 Motor OL Factor 48 77 Motor OL Hertz 47 77 Motor Type 40 75 Mtr Imbalance Time 50 78 Mtr NP Pwr Units 46 76 Output Current 3 66 Output Freq 1 66 Output Power 7 67 Output Powr Fctr 8 67 Output Voltage 6 67 Overspeed Limit 83 85 Param Access Lvl 196 112 Phase U Amps 22 69 Phase V Amps 23 69 Phase W Amps 24 69 PI Configuration 124 92 Control 125 93 Error Meter 137 99 Fdback Meter 136 98 Feedback Sel 128 96 PI Integral Time 129 96 PI Lower Limit 131 97 Output Meter 138 99 PI Preload 133 97 PI Prop Gain 130 97 PI Ref Meter 135 98 PI Reference Sel 126 95 Setpoint 127 95 PI Status 134 97 PI Upper Limit 132 97 Power Loss Level 186 110 Power Loss Mode 184 108 Power Loss Time 185 110 Power Up Marker 242 125 Preset Speed 1 101 Preset Speed 2 102 8 Preset Speed 3 103 8 Preset Speed 4 104 8 Preset Speed 5 105 8 Preset Speed 6 106 8 Preset Speed 7 107 8 preset speeds 1 7 default values 9
142. M Meter 123 Process PI Configuration 124 PlintegralTime 129 Pl Status 134 PI Control 125 Gain 130 PI Ref Meter 135 Reference Sel 126 Pl Lower Limit 131 PI Fdback Meter 136 Setpoint 127 PI Upper Limit 132 Pl Error Meter 137 Feedback Sel 128 PlPreload 133 Pl Output Meter 138 Rockwell Automation Publ ication D2 3518 3 May 2013 57 Chapter 8 58 File Dynamic Control Utility Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Group Parameters Ramp Rates Accel Time 1 140 Decel Time 1 142 5 146 Accel Time 2 141 Decel Time 2 143 Load Limits Current Lmt Sel 147 CurrentLmtGain 149 PWM Frequency 151 Current Lmt Val 148 Drive OL Mode 150 Stop Brake Modes Stop Mode A 155 DC Brake Time 159 DB Resistor Type 163 Stop Mode B 156 Bus Reg Ki 160 Bus Reg Kp 164 DC Brake Lvl Sel 157 BusRegModeA 161 Bus Reg Kd 165 DC Brake Level 158 BusRegModeB 162 Stop Restart Modes Start At PowerUp 168 Flying Start En 169 Restart Modes Flying Start Gain 170 Sleep Wake 178 Wake Time 181 Mode Auto Rstrt Tries 174 Sleep WakeRef 179 Sleep Level 182 Auto Rstrt Delay 175 Wake Level 180 Sleep Time 183 Power Loss Power Loss Mode 184 PowerLossTime 185 Power Loss Level 186 Direction Config Direction Mode 10 HIM Ref Config Save HIM Ref 192 ManRefPreload
143. May 2013 191 Chapter 9 192 345 RctIGBT Tmp Top Range 3276 8 3276 7 C Default Read Only Access 1 Path Inputs amp Outputs gt Temperature etc Seealso 346 347 348 Displays the measured temperature of the top rectifier IGBT power module in degrees C This parameter is only present on Frame 4 drives All such drives should have firmware version numbers in the 2 x series 346 Rct IGBT Tmp Up Range 3276 8 3276 7 C Default Read Only Access 1 Path Inputs amp Outputs gt Temperature etc Seealso 345 347 348 Displays the measured temperature of the upper rectifier IGBT power module in degrees C This parameter is only present on Frame 4 drives All such drives should have firmware version numbers in the 2 x series 347 RctIGBT Tmp Low Range 3276 8 3276 7 C Default Read Only Access 1 Path Inputs amp Outputs gt Temperature etc Seealso 345 346 348 Displays the measured temperature of the lower rectifier IGBT power module in degrees C This parameter is only present on Frame 4 drives All such drives should have firmware version numbers in the 2 x series 348 RctIGBT Tmp Bot Range 3276 8 3276 7 C Default Read Only Access 1 Path Inputs amp Outputs gt Temperature etc Seealso 345 346 347 Displays the measured temperature of the bottom rectifier IGBT power module in degrees C This parameter is only present on Frame 4 drives All such drives should have
144. NVOVNV 39V3M3LNI 24 WONVOWNY 32 383 027 10 41 02 39V J831NI JOMINOO 14964 ASSY w L3 X ME i i LINE er 3 unm Fes X MT t Uus 1 er 3 uan 1 Me For Ne 3 L3 Y ON Sit 1 Zt T 2 RU 7504 MOOT TWNINSSL V 1130 90N AfdNI Ov SUN 3 52 82 12 92 92 24 zz 2901 572 gt 21 S oz Ong 1x3 gt 61 1 anon 7 100 gt ZI 31 222 51 ON E zi m oF LON LON 888888 2888888888888 VV V V V V V V VV V V Vi 22 8 191 1 sow LOv COOBI 31034 MNOSN3S 38 31V Id TIIHO pev 1335 335 M3IN3ANI OL 2 7455 lOHLNOO 251 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Appendix Figure 107 Power Module Inverter Wiring Diagram Frame 3 sheet 4 ber G LAHS 335
145. O 1 133HS NO 318 1336 55 G3NIBIWOO ue SOV4UALNI 2 WLA L 1709100 1709100 90 ANNI DOWNY ANANI On BOVLION diuo 39VL10A ann B 6 9 5 Y 2 2 19945 2510081 ONSOT 10000 ONS Od ON 100900 ON 0d ONLOG 100200 01200 ONG Od Woo 00 ONE NOT TOO LOG ON LOG ONZOd 100200 ONZ OG ONE OQ Wooe 0d ONE OQ ONY Od Woo Y 00 ONY Od ET HN EN I SOUR 128 ANIMAL NEMS TL INS 170 4 Nd THIND E Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 258 Appendix 0 Figure 112 Power Module Inverter Rectifier Wiring Diagram Frame 4 sheet 3 61 5 2510081 AndNI 2179110 WYHOVIC INGON H3MOd 2 0 HMdXOVSO3SINMMDO 0L 1906 2 8 334 8 uiid XOVOS Z HMA 80334 INSEE S 2186 8 XOVBCSS INSU L YMA Y 7195 XOYSCHS4 1 L Nd XOVBOSS 1 9 1 sir m sen
146. O board terminals that should be used Input and Mode Paramter 320 Setting Combined 1 0 Board Designator Analog input 1 Bit 0 1 voltage sensing Analog input 1 BitO 1 Al2 current sensing Analog input 2 Bit1 0 voltage sensing Analog input 2 Bit1 1 Al4 current sensing Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 2 Analog Outputs The combined I O board contains one user configurable analog output The output is configurable using inverter parameters Anlg Out Config through Analog Out Lo 340 344 The analog output has two modes voltage output at 10 V 10 V and current output at 0 mA 20 mA Separate terminals on the combined I O board are used for each mode The mode is selected via inverter parameter Anlg Out Config 340 In this parameter if the lowest bit is set to 1 then the analog output is in voltage mode if set to 0 it is in current mode The following table describes the correspondence between the mode of the user configurable analog output and the combined I O board terminals that should be used Mode Parameter 340 Setting Combined 1 0 BoardDesignator Analog Output voltage Bit0 0 A03 Analog Output current Bit0 1 A04 The combined I O board contains two special purpose analog outputs AO1 and 2 These outputs are not user configurable Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 31 Chapter 2 DPI Communication Ports 32
147. ON You are responsible for conforming with all applicable local in damage to or destruction of the equipment Conduit Entry Opening Sizes Determine the size of the conduit openings in the cabinet that the drive is mounted in so that the wire planned for a specific entry point will fit through the opening Recommended Power Wire Sizes Use copper input power wiring that is sized according to applicable codes to handle the continuous rated input current of the drive Use copper output wiring that is sized according to applicable codes to handle the continuous rated output current of the drive Recommended Control and Signal Wire Sizes The recommended wire size to connect I O signals to the control terminal block is 4 mm 12 AWG Recommended terminal tightening torque is 0 8 1 Nem 7 9 Ibein Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 41 Chapter 3 Stopping the Drive 42 Recommended Motor Lead Lengths Motor lead lengths can total up to 76 m 250 ft Verifying Power Module Output Current Rating Is Greater Than Chiller Running Load Amps Verify that the LiquiFlo 2 0 power module output current rating is equal to or greater than the running load amps RLA of the chiller Table 2 on page 24 lists the output current values outside of the drive circuitry This circuit must disable the system in case of improper operation Uncontrolled machine operation may result if this emergency stop circuit is not imp
148. Path Dynamic Control gt Cold Plate See also 121 122 129 The measured cold plate temperature is displayed as x x degrees 5 In drives that do not have cold plate temperature sensor this number is not usable 121 Invtr Base Temp Range 20 0 120 0 C 0 1 C Default Read Only Access 0 Path Dynamic Control gt Cold Plate See also 120 122 129 The hottest measured inverter IGBT module temperature is displayed as x x degrees C This value is received from the inverter via DPI datalink 122 Base Temp Range 20 0 120 0 C 0 1 C Default Read Only Access 0 Path Dynamic Control gt Cold Plate See also 120 121 129 The hottest measured rectifier IGBT module temperature is displayed as x x degrees C Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 123 CPCK1 14 2 125 High Temp Limit 126 Low Temp Limit 127 Start Move Time 128 Delay After Move Range 0 65535 Default 0 Access 0 Path Dynamic Control gt Cold Plate See also These parameters are reserved for future use 129 Ambient Temp Range 20 0 120 0 C 0 1 C Default Read Only Access 0 Path Dynamic Control gt Cold Plate See also 120 121 122 Displays the measured ambient temperature inside the power module 150 Input Load Amps Range 0 0 100 0 Default Read Only Access 0 Path Internal Data gt Normalized Amps See also Displays measured average amps norma
149. Q01 1 1 Cable Mini DIN 8 position Male Male 180513 001 1 1 Ordering Replacement Parts Order replacement parts available from Rockwell Automation by kit number when listed See Figure 2 on page 15 through Figure 7 on page 22 for parts locations Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 221 Chapter 10 Firmware Setup Procedures 222 This section defines drive firmware setup procedures that are required after a LiquiFlo 2 0 drive board is replaced If a board is not mentioned in this section then firmware setup is not required for that board Clearing Drive Faults IMPORTANT The procedure for recovering from a board replacement may cause a drive fault The appropriate response to many although not all of these faults is to clear the fault and continue the procedure This section gives details on how to clear faults 1 An Operator Interface Module OIM can be used to clear faults if an OIM is available a Plug the OIM into the appropriate connector on the Communications Interface Board LiquiFlo 2 0 Frame 3 or Control Board LiquiFlo 2 0 Frame 4 The status area at the top of the OIM display should be Faulted and the drive status LED inverter status LED on the Communications Interface Board for LiquiFlo 2 0 Frame 3 or the Combined Control Board for LiquiFlo 2 0 Frame 4 should be blinking red Goto inverter parameter 276 Logic Mas
150. RGE FB 7 OUTPUT 2 s on 007 NO 00 8 7 COMMON 2 DO8NO ENCODER A INPUT o B 5 3 GATEKILL DI 24V A 5 5 DIGITAL 2 INPUT 3 ne ANMOG Al2 4 ou Di4 UE dE En DICOM1 ae El DI 24V 4 M Ald ou DI 24V 189 1 n Co 8 a A01 2 2 DIGITAL 017 INPUT 02 3 018 DI 2 03 5 n DI 24V gt 6 04 7 04 8 q Digital Inputs The combined I O board provides hardware for six user configurable digital inputs using connector positions designated DI3 DI8 The following table shows the correspondence between the digital input and the inverter parameter used to configure it Inverter Parameter Number Inverter Parameter Name Connector Position Designator 361 Digital In1 Sel 013 362 Digital In2 Sel 363 Digital In3 Sel 015 364 Digital In4 Sel 016 365 Digital In5 Sel DI7 366 Digital In6 Sel 018 The states of all six user configurable digital inputs are visible in inverter parameter Dig In Status 216 The digital inputs that use connector positions and DI2 on the combined I O board are not user configurable The status of these two digital inputs are visible in rectifier parameter Dig In Status 216 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013
151. Range 0 Ready 1 Clear Faults 2 Clr Flt Que Default 0 Ready Access 1 Path Utility gt Faults See also Resets a fault and clears the fault queue After the fault clear operation is complete this parameter returns to the value of 0 for Ready 241 Fault Clear Mode Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Default 1 Enabled Access 1 Path Utility gt Faults See also Enables disables a fault reset clear faults attempt from any source 242 PowerUp Marker NY Range 0 0000 4 294 967 2925 0 0001 Hr Default Read Only Access 1 Path Utility gt Faults See also 244 246 248 250 252 254 256 258 Accumulated hours that inverter had been powered up at the time of the most recent drive powerup Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 129 Chapter 9 130 This parameter is used along with the inverter fault timestamp parameters Fault Time parameters below to determine whether a drive inverter fault in the inverter fault queue happened before or after the most recent drive powerup This value rolls over to 0 after the drive has been powered on for more than the maximum value shown 243 Fault 1 Code 245 Fault2 Code 247 Fault3 Code 249 Fault4 Code 251 Fault5 Code 253 Fault 6 Code 255 Fault7 Code 257 Fault 8 Code Range 0000 65535 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Utility gt Faults See also A code that represents a drive fault The codes appear in these parame
152. See also Sets the output frequency when a jog command is issued 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 Preset Speed 1 Preset Speed 2 Preset Speed 3 Preset Speed 4 Preset Speed 5 Preset Speed 6 Preset Speed 7 Range Maximum Speed 0 1 Hz Default See Table 7 on page 94 Access 101 107 20 Path Speed Command gt Discrete Speeds See also 90 93 Provides an internal fixed speed command value when Speed Ref A Preset Spd 1 7 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 93 9 Table 7 Default Values for Preset Speeds 1 7 Parameter No ParameterName Default 01 Peet pedi 50600 102 Preset Speed 2 10 0 Hz 103 Preset Speed 3 20 0 Hz 104 Preset Speed 4 30 0 Hz 105 Preset Speed 5 40 0 Hz 106 Preset Speed 6 50 0 Hz 107 Preset Speed 7 60 0 Hz 117 Trim in Select Specifies which input signal is being used as a trim input 118 Trim Out Select Specifies if Ref A speed reference Ref B speed reference is to be trimmed 94 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 Figure 39 Trim Out Select 118 0 1 Trimmed 15 14 13 12 1110 9 877 6 5 413 2 1 0 O NotTrimmed 4 Nibble3 Nibble2 Nibble1 Heserved Bit Factory Default Bit Values 119 TrimHi Range Maximum Speed 0 1 Hz Default
153. Series X Etc Diag Comp FW Ver D A F1 F1 F3 To Component ToProduct Flash F W Level Level Information Version The OIM Version selection provides information on the OIM you are using to access this data See Figure 88 and Figure 89 Figure 88 Accessing the OIM Version Information gt gt Stopped Auto B PO LiquiFlo 2 0 Main Menu Diagnostics See N OIM Version figure gt Fault Info L_ wae 4 below Status Info Diagnostics Monitor Lang A Highlight item 4 gt Highlight Diagnostics icon Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 10 Figure 89 Version Screens the Product and Component Levels Diag Prodct Ver Diag OIM Comp FW Ver X XXX LCD OIM Standard Series X Control Board Date mm dd yyyy V APrv Next Diag Comp Ver FW Ver X Xxx HW Sit XXXXXXXX Flash 1 Product Flash F W Level Level Information Device Items The Device Items selection provides access to a list of diagnostic parameters These parameters should be adjusted by qualified personnel only See Figure 90 qualified person who understands the significance of setting them accurately ATTENTION parameters the Device Items menu must be set by Failure to observe this precaut
154. T3 U V and W 8 Output Powr Fctr Range 0 00 1 00 0 01 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The output power factor 9 Elapsed MWh W Range 0 0 429 496 729 5 MWh 0 1 MWh Default Read Only Access 1 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The accumulated output energy of the drive 10 Elapsed Run Time NY Range 0 0 429 496 729 5 Hr 0 1 Hr Default Read Only Access 1 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The accumulated time the drive has been outputting power Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 71 Chapter 9 72 11 MOP Frequency Range 400 0 0 1 Hz Default Read Only Access 1 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The current value of the Motor Operated Potentiometer MOP output frequency value maintained internal to the drive firmware 12 DCBus Voltage Range 0 3276 7V DC 0 1V DC Default Read Only Access 0 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The present DC bus voltage level 13 DCBus Memory Range 0 819 2V DC 0 1V DC Default Read Only Access 1 Path Monitor gt Metering See also When AC line voltage is present and the drive is synchronized to the AC line voltage waveform this parameter contains the present DC bus voltage level When the drive is not synchronized to the AC line voltage waveform for example when the AC line voltage is not present this parameter contains a 6 minute avera
155. The imbalance in percent is calculated as Imbalance in amps average phase current x100 224 Fault Frequency Range 400 0 Hz 0 1 Hz Default Read Only Access 1 Path Utility gt Diagnostics See also 225 230 Captures and displays the output frequency of the drive at the time of the last fault 225 Fault Amps Range 0 0 3276 7 A 0 1 A Default Read Only Access 1 Path Utility Diagnostics Seealso 224 230 Captures and displays RMS motor amps at the time of the last fault 226 Fault Bus Volts Range 0 0 3276 7V DC 0 1V DC Default Read Only Access 1 Path Utility gt Diagnostics See also 224 230 Captures and displays the DC bus voltage of the drive at the time of the last fault 227 Status 1 Fault Range See Figure 53 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Utility Diagnostics See also 209 224 230 Captures and displays Drive Status 1 bit pattern at the time of the last fault Figure 53 Status 1 Fault 227 OO KS Vf RIVA SEEESLI GY 6856 Q NIN SI 010 1 Condition True 15 14 13 12111 10 1 0 0 Condition False Nibble 4 Nibble3 Nibble2 1 X Reserved Bit Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 228 Status 2 Fault Range See Figure 54 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Utility gt Diagnostics See also 210 224 230
156. Tmp 350 Rct I OIDV 354 Rct IGBT 347 Rct PS 351 Rct IGBT Bot 348 RctPS 12V 352 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 61 Chapter 8 Accessing the Parameters 62 Parameters are programmed and viewed using the OIM or VS Utilities software The OIM displays parameters by group by individual parameter number and parameters that have changed from their default value To access parameters using the OIM select the Parameters icon from the main screen See Figure 26 See Appendix B for information on modifying parameters using the OIM Refer to the VS Utilities Getting Results Manual publication D2 3488 for information on accessing and modifying parameters using VS Utilities software Figure 26 Accessing the Parameters Using the OIM gt gt Stopped 8 Auto PO LiquiFlo 2 0 4 gt Main Menu IN L gt 5 7 8 gt gt Stopped Aula PO LiquiFlo 2 0 4 Parameters S i gt File Group File 1 Group 1 Name P Numbers y Ele Name Group 2 Name File 3 Name Changed Params V Z 7 LE 507 PROG gt gt Stopped 1 LiquiFlo 2 0 Group 3 i 8 Parameter Parameters Parameter Text By Group gt 456
157. User Manual BEHAN ELECTRIC M LiquiFlo 2 0 AC Drive Allen Bradley Rockwell Software Automation Important User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls publication SGI 1 1 available from your local Rockwell Automation sales office or online at http www rockwellautomation com literature describes some important differences between solid state equipment and hard wired electromechanical devices Because of this difference and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable In no event will Rockwell Automation Inc be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation Rockwell Automation Inc cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation Inc with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual Reproduction of the contents
158. Wiring Diagrams LiquiFlo 2 0 Drive Frame 4 Wiring Diagrams Appendix B Installing and Removing the OIM 231 Removing the OIM While the Drive is Powered 233 Display Description rn oak 233 Key Descriptions 234 OIM Men aie 235 Powering Up and Adjusting the 236 Selecting the Fast Power Up 236 Adjusting the Screen Conttasts He Cu es nave 236 Resetting the Display eur eS 236 Selecting Device in the System iios soos 236 Using the OIM to Program the 236 Viewing and Adjusting 237 Loading and Saying User Sets isis cans 238 Monitoring the Drive Using the Process Display Screen on the OIM 238 Displaying and Changing the OIM 239 Customizing the Process Display 239 Customizing the Function ys istis 239 Customizing the Function Key Label 241 Setting the Display Timeout 242 Using Reverse Video for the Process Display Screen 242 Controlling the Drive From the OIM erre hme 242 Starting the Drive dcs
159. X 15 14 1312 11109 8 7 6 5 4132 10 4 Nibble3 Nibble2 Nibble1 Reserved Bit Frame 4 drives firmware version 2 x only Figure 33 Rectifier Control 33 Frame 4 X He uus Pa Nibble4 Nibble3 Nibble2 Nibble1 X Peserved Bit Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 77 Chapter 9 34 Status See Figure 34 and Figure 35 Default N A Access 1 Path Monitor gt Application See also rectifier 101 The actual state of the rectifier IMPORTANT This parameter is used for communication between the inverter and the rectifier Do not write to this parameter using VS Utilities DriveExplorer or an OIM Its value changes according to the operational state of the drive Frame 3 drives firmware version 1 x only Figure 34 Rectifier Status 34 Frame 3 X 15 14 13 12 11109 8 7 6 5 4132 1 0 Nibble4 Nibble2 Nibble1 Bit Frame 4 drives firmware version 2 x only Figure 35 Rectifier Status 34 Frame 4 X 15 14 1312 11109 8 7 6 5 4132 1 0 Nibble4 Nibble2 Nibble1 Reserved Bit 78 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3
160. XXY 7961 e 2 uu NI 1 6100 QN MS V 096 Nus INIT le 1no 6917 2 e e x le ot ONZ 9902 S3ION 335 o 091 067 b e SNOILO3NNOO 1 F b ee le INYT009 504 9018 WNEI 0 n T 99 ASSY 0 1 8331038 e e 191 1 e e 0g b SI WNINI3L gt XOLON OL 3095 US OMS Hn 4 INYM oF 93090 SOS ory Love ONIINDON 330507083 HLM 509 0 6 9 HLM X90189 1 SOd Z 0j M MIYOS UML ASSY 0 1 eJ T 9n 03 2128 81 20 e Q 5 th x Sd 9 t SIS 0010 I WW NOLSWJ IS Jj N 90 WX 35 20 020 ASSY SNA d O3INNINVT NO SINIOd i 508 1 L 20 99 8 m 4 TH sg 009 H cca Rockwell Automation Publication 02 3518 3 May 2013 38 Chapter 3 180580 A07 180580 A09 Frame 4 Imensions Figure 16 Exterior Enclosure D S9300V 438 00 52 Idd 00 0 LIMNI 9 11002
161. a shorted condition output terminals Phase VW Short 2 Phase UW Short 43 Port 1 5 Adapter 71 Thenetwork card connected to DPI port stopped 1 Check communication board for proper connection to external network 72 communicating on its external network 2 Check external wiring to module on port 73 The fault code indicates offending port number 3 Verify external network fault 74 71 port 1 etc 75 Port 1 5 DPI Loss 81 DPlport stopped communicating DPI or an attached 1 If DPI device was not intentionally disconnected check wiring to the port 82 peripheral with control capabilities was removed Fault 82 Replace wiring port expander peripherals communications interface board 83 indicates specifically that the rectifier stopped or inverter control board as required communicating with the inverter 2 If fault 82 occurs check wiring between communications interface board and 84 the two control boards Replace communications interface board rectifier 85 control board or inverter control board as required 206 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Table 21 Fault Descriptions and Corrective Actions Frame 3 Continued Chapter 10 Fault amp Description Action 2 Power Loss 3 D Input power unavailable or AC line synchronization not 1 Monitor the incoming AC line for low voltage or line power interruption po
162. actory Default Bit Values Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 133 Chapter 9 134 277 Start Mask Range See Logic Mask 276 Default See Logic Mask 276 Access 1 Path Communication gt Masks amp Owners See also 288 297 Controls which modules can issue start commands 278 JogMask See Figure 61 Default See Figure 61 Access 1 Path Communication gt Masks amp Owners See also 288 297 Controls which modules can issue jog commands Figure 61 Jog Mask 278 97979 0 0 0 0 0 1 Control Enabled 15 14 13 12111109 817 6 5 413 2 1 0 OzControl Disabled Nibble 4 Nibble 3 Nibble 2 Nibble 1 x Reserved Bit Factory Default Bit Values 279 Direction Mask Range See Jog Mask 278 Default See Jog Mask 278 Access 1 Path Communication gt Masks amp Owners See also 288 297 Controls which modules can issue forward reverse direction commands 280 Reference Mask See Figure 62 Default See Figure 62 Access 1 Path Communication gt Masks amp Owners See also 288 297 Controls which modules can select an alternate reference Speed Ref A B Sel or Preset 1 7 90 93 101 107 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 Figure 62 Reference Mask 280
163. ad Only Access 1 Path Speed Command gt Slip Comp See also 80 121 122 Displays the present amount of adjustment being applied as slip compensation 124 Configuration Range See Figure 40 Default See Figure 40 Access 1 Path Speed Command gt Process See also 125 138 Selects specific features of the PI regulator Figure 40 Configuration 124 SVB uA e O B gt O XL SEMEL LS 01010101010 1010 1 Enabled 151413121110 9 817 6 5 43 2 1 0 O Disabled Nibble4 Nibble3 Nibble2 Nibble1 Reserved Bit Factory Default Bit Values Bit 0 Excl Mode Exclusive Mode e Enabled Selects speed regulation Disabled Selects trim regulation Bit 1 Invert Error Enables disables the option to invert the sign of the PI error signal Enabling this feature creates a decrease in output for an increasing error and an increase in output for a decreasing error 96 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 Bit 2 Preload Mode Enabled Initializes the PI integrator to the commanded speed while the PI is disabled Disabled The PI integrator is loaded with the PI Pre load 133 while the PI is disabled Bit 3 Ramp Ref Enables disables ramping the reference used from PI Feedback to the selected PI Reference Bit 4 Zero Clamp Enables
164. al is selected Allows smooth speed transition from Auto to Manual HIM stands for Human Interface Module It is another way of referring to the OIM Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 115 Chapter 9 116 194 Save MOP Ref Range See Figure 44 Default 44 Access 1 Path Utility gt MOP Config See also Enables disables the feature that saves the present MOP motor operated potentiometer frequency reference at power down or at stop The MOP is an output frequency value internal to the drive firmware Figure 44 Save MOP Ref 194 010 1 Save 15 14 13 121110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 O DoNotSave Nibble 4 Nibble3 Nibble2 Nibble1 Reserved Bit Factory Default Bit Values 195 Rate Range 0 2 250 0 0 1 Hz sec Default 1 0 Hz sec Access 1 Path Utility gt MOP Config See also Sets the rate of change of the MOP reference in response to a digital input The MOP is an output frequency value internal to the drive firmware 196 Param Access Lvl Range 0 Basic 1 Advanced Default 0 Access 0 Path Utility gt Drive Memory See also Displays the present parameter access level See Selecting the Parameter Access Level on page 63 for more information about parameter access levels Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013
165. also 42 48 220 Selects the output frequency below which the motor operating current is derated The motor thermal overload then generates a fault at lower levels of current For all settings of overload Hz other than zero the overload capacity is reduced to 7096 when output frequency is zero 48 Motor OL Amps Range 1 0 2000 0 0 1 A Default Based on Drive Type Access 1 Path Motor Control gt Motor Data See also 42 47 220 Sets the RMS amps threshold for motor overload fault In order for the motor overload fault 48 to occur it must be enabled using inverter parameter Fault Config 1 238 The drive output current is visible in inverter parameter Output Current 3 The motor overload fault occurs under these conditions Ifthe drive output motor current is 138 of Motor OL Amps the fault occurs at 1 5 seconds Ifthe drive output motor current is greater than 13896 of Motor OL Amps the fault occurs in less than 1 5 seconds Ifthe drive output motor current is between 102 and 13896 of Motor OL Amps the fault occurs in greater than 1 5 seconds Ifthe drive output motor current is less than 10296 of Motor OL Amps the fault does not occur Motor overload fault percent trip is visible in inverter parameter Motor OL Count 220 The fault occurs when this parameter reaches 100 This parameter does not increase unless the drive output current is greater than 10296 of Motor OL Amps
166. am all drive parameters Standard 1 0 Board Connections Mount the Standard I O Board on the Power Module with hardware provided Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 225 Chapter 10 Troubleshooting the Drive Using the 226 The OIM provides immediate visual notification of alarm or fault conditions as well as the following diagnostic information Entries in the fault queue Fault parameters e Drive status parameters e Selected device version and status information OIM version information Accessing the Fault Queue As described in About the Fault Queue on page 202 the drive automatically retains a history of the last four faults that have occurred in the fault queue To access the fault queue press the F4 key at the process display screen or see Figure 82 to access the fault queue from the Main Menu Figure 82 Accessing the Fault Queue LiquiFlo 2 0 N Device Version FitQ F xxxxx Fault Text String Accum hours min sec OIM Version Diagnostics Monitor A Highlight item lt gt Highlight Diagnostics icon Figure 83 Sample Fault Queue Entry D F xxxxx Text String Accum BF xxxxx Fault2 Text String Accum hours min sec hours min sec Es Tos F2 F3 F2 Clear fault F3 Cl
167. an accurately measure input frequency and voltage 3 Check line voltage feedback signal path including Combined 1 0 board and Combined Control board Analog In Loss 29 Auser configurable analog input is configured to fault on 1 Check parameters signal loss A signal loss has occurred 2 Check for broken loose connections at inputs Configure with inverter Analog In 1 2 Loss 324 327 Auto Rstrt Tries 33 Q Drive unsuccessfully attempted to reset fault and resume Correct the cause of the fault and manually clear running for the programmed number of inverter Auto Rstrt Tries 174 Enable disable with inverter Fault Config 1 238 AutoTune Aborted 80 You canceled the autotune procedure Restart procedure Auxiliary Input 2 Auser configurable digital input is configured to Aux Fault 1 Check digital input wiring and the input is open 2 Configure the digital input to something else with inverter Digital In Sel parameter 361 366 CarrierSync Lost 27 Rectifier could not maintain carrier synchronization to inverter 1 Set inverter PWM Frequency inverter 151 to 4 KHz Configure with rectifier Fault Config rectifier 238 2 Replace combined control board Current Fbk Lost 35 The magnitude of motor current feedback was less than 5 of 1 If motor current rating is significantly less than drive output rating it may inverter Motor NP FLA 42 for the time configured in inverter be necessary to disable this fau
168. anted motor Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Unipolar Bipolar Reverse Disable Chapter 9 Drive receives unsigned reference 0 32767 and direction command separately from the DPI port For example the direction keys on an OIM apply the direction to the reference Drive receives signed reference 32767 32767 In this case the direction keys have no effect Drive receives signed reference 32767 32767 however regardless of the reference the drive is not permitted to reverse 192 Save HIM Ref Range See Figure 43 Default See Figure 43 Access 1 Path Utility gt HIM Ref Config See also Enables a feature to save the present frequency reference value issued by the OIM to drive memory on power loss Value is restored to the OIM on power up HIM stands for Human Interface Module It is another way of referring to the OIM Figure 43 Save OIM Ref 192 gt eg SS XIXIXIX x xix xix x xix xix xi 12Save 151413 1211110 9 817 6 5 4132 1 0 0 0 Not Save Nibble4 Nibble3 Nibble2 Nibble X Reserved Bit Factory Default Bit Values 193 Man Ref Preload Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Default 0 Disabled Access 1 Path Utility gt HIM Ref Config See also 320 327 361 366 Enables disables a feature to automatically load the present auto frequency reference value into the OIM when Manu
169. ard Description Frame 3 Only on page 25 through Combined I O Board Description Frame 4 Only on page 29 for a description of I O hardware that is present on this drive and is controlled by the inverter 321 In Sqr Root Range See Figure 65 Default See Figure 65 Access 1 Path Inputs amp Outputs gt Analog Inputs See also 320 322 323 324 325 326 327 Enables disables the square root function for each user configurable analog input See AC Line I O Board Description Frame 3 Only on page 25 through Combined I O Board Description Frame 4 Only on page 29 for a description of I O hardware that is present on this drive and is controlled by the inverter This function should be enabled if the input signal varies with the square of the quantity for example drive speed being monitored The square root function is scaled such that the input range is the same as the output range For example if the input is set up as a unipolar voltage input then the input and output ranges of the square root function are 0 10 volts Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 141 Chapter 9 Figure 65 Anlg in Sqr Root 321 SS 29 5 XIXIXIXIXIX XXIX XXIX X X40 1 Enable 151413 12 11109 8 7 6 5 413 2 1 0 Disable Nibble4 Nibble3 Nibble2 Bit Factory Default Bit Values 322 Analog
170. arge Resistors Relay Oil Pump amp Control Power Terminals Fuse Class RK 5 600V 10 A 2 Fuse Class CC 600V 25 A 1 Fuse Class CC 600V 10 A 1 Fuse Class 600V 300 A 3 Fuse Class CC 600V 20 A 3 Fuse Class CC 600V 1 A 3 Ground Lug 2 600 MCM Nameplate Power Module Door Inter lock 2 Surge Suppressor Circuit Breaker Operating Mechanism Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 19 Chapter 2 22 23 20 Figure 5 Drive Components Frame 4 21 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 12 20 Chapter 2 Power Module Components Locations Frame 4 Frame 4 Units LF200900CCR and LF201215CCR The power module section contains the following main components The numbered items listed below correspond to the numbers used in Figure 6 and Figure 7 Replacement parts are listed in Chapter 10 1 9 2 1 A WY rn om om on A Nm c Combined Power PCB Assembly 900 Combined Power PCB Assembly 1215 A Wire Harness Assembly Gate Driver Internal Fan 24V DC Internal Fan 24V DC Wire Harness Assembly Internal Fan Wire Harness Assembly DC Power Wire Harness Assembly DC Bus Resistors Current Feedback Device 2000 A Wire Harness Assembly Current Feedback Device Rectifier Side Wire Harness Assembly Current Feedback Device Inverter Side Wire Ha
171. ased ACB 26 FluxAmps Ref Rang 17 Dig ConflictA 27 Speed Ref Cflct 1 Alarm numbers not listed are reserved for future use Faults indicate conditions within the drive that require immediate attention The drive responds to a fault by initiating a coast to stop sequence and turning off output power to the motor In addition some faults are auto resettable non resettable and or user configurable as described in Table 20 Table 20 Fault Types amp Fault Description Auto Reset Run If the drive is running when this type of fault occurs and Auto Rstrt Tries 174 is set to a value greater than 0 user configurable timer Auto Rstrt Delay 175 begins When the timer reaches zero the drive attempts to automatically reset the fault If the condition that caused the fault is no longer present the fault resets and the drive restarts Q Non Resettable This type of fault normally requires drive or motor repair The cause of the fault must be corrected before the fault can be cleared The fault resets on power up after repair User Configurable These faults be enabled disabled to either annunciate or ignore fault condition using Fault Config 1 238 Normal Fault The fault is resettable using normal fault clearing mechanisms on the drive Stop Reset button powercycling etc or through VS Utilities The drive indicates faults in the following ways Status LEDs on the drive
172. ations 10 frame 4 component locations 15 identifying by assembly number 9 mounting lifting 41 electrostatic discharge precautions 6 emergency stop circuit 5 38 47 environmental conditions 31 ESD precautions 6 F fault info submenu 223 fault queue accessing using the OIM 222 time stamp 198 fault types auto reset run 197 non resettable 197 normal fault 197 user configurable 197 faults about 197 Clearing 199 Clearing drive faults 218 263 Index 264 descriptions and corrective actions frame 3 199 frame 4 204 fault parameters accessing using the OIM 223 fault queue 198 10 186 names cross referenced by fault number 210 time stamp 198 firmware setup procedures after board replacement frame 3 218 frame 4 220 firmware setup after board replacement frame 3 1 0 board AC line 1 0 board or standard 1 0 board 220 inverter control board 218 inverter power interface board 219 rectifier control board 219 rectifier power interface board 220 frame 4 combined control board 220 combined power board 221 firmware versions frame 3 inverter 6 rectifier 6 frame 4 inverter 6 rectifier 6 how to determine 224 function keys customizing 239 fuses frame 3 class CC 600 V 10 class CC 600 V 20 10 class CC 600 V 25 A 10 class CC 600 V 5 A 10 class RK5 600 V 15 A 10 frame 4 Class CC 600V 15 Class CC 600V 10 A 15 Class CC 600V 20 A 15 Class CC 600V 25 15 Class RK 5 600V 10 15 Class
173. aution could result in damage to or destruction of the equipment There are two frame types for LiquiFlo 2 0 drives Frame 3 and Frame 4 See Chapter 2 for a description of the physical layout components and ratings for each frame type Each drive contains two sections the inverter section and the rectifier section Each section contains its own firmware Firmware for Frame 3 drives are version 1 series Firmware for Frame 4 drives are version 2 series The current drive firmware versions listed in Table 1 Table 1 Firmware Versions Release Date Firmware Type Current Version May 2011 Frame 3 inverter application firmware 1 12 May 2011 Frame 3 rectifier application firmware 1 14 June 2011 Frame 4 inverter application firmware 2 12 June 2011 Frame 4 rectifier application firmware 2 12 See Determining the Product Version on page 227 for instructions on determining the firmware version currently installed in a drive Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Manual Conventions Getting Assistance from Rockwell Automation Additional Resources Chapter 1 Parameter names In most instances parameter names are shown as the parameter name followed by the parameter number The parameter name is preceded by inverter or rectifier for reference For example inverter PI Control 125 If you have any questions or problems with the products described in this instruction man
174. by setting inverter Imbalance Time 50 to 10 0 in inverter Imbalance Time 50 Detection of this fault is seconds disabled when inverter Imbalance Time 50 is set to the 2 Verify connection of current feedback device and motor terminals maximum value of 10 0 seconds 3 If fault repeats replace current feedback devices and or power supply Decel Inhibit 24 Q The drive is not following a commanded deceleration 1 Verify input voltage is within drive specified limits because it is attempting to limit bus voltage 2 Verify system ground impedance follows proper grounding techniques Enable disable with inverter Fault Config 1 238 3 Disable bus regulation and or extend deceleration time Drive OverLoad 64 Drive output rating of Reduce load or extend inverter Accel Time 140 141 110 for 1 minute or 150 for 5 seconds has been exceeded Excessive Load 79 Motor did not come up to speed in the allotted time 1 Uncouple load from motor 2 Repeat Autotune inverter 61 FluxAmpsRef Rang 78 The value for flux amps determined by the autotune 1 Reprogram inverter Motor NP FLA 42 with the correct motor nameplate procedure exceeds the programmed inverter Motor NP value FLA 42 2 Repeat Autotune inverter 61 Ground Fault 13 Acurrent path to earth ground in excess of 7 of drive Check the motor and external wiring to the drive output terminals for a grounded rated amps has been detected at one or more o
175. conds 20 minutes This feature can also be disabled by pressing the F1 key while in the display time screen Note that each OIM connected to the drive can have a different timeout period Using Reverse Video for the Process Display Screen To select normal or reverse video for the process display screen select Display Video from the Display menu See Figure 102 for sample screens Note that each OIM connected to the drive can have a different display mode Figure 102 Selecting Reverse Video for the Process Display Screen Stopped ry Auto Stopped ry Auto B P0 LiquiFlo 2 0 LiquiFlo 2 0 0 00 Volts Volts 0 00 Amps 0 00 Hz Luse1 Fitq Normal Video Reverse Video The OIM can be used to control the drive e Start Run e Stop e Clear Faults Starting the Drive When start from the OIM is enabled using the Logic Mask 276 and Start Mask 277 pressing C issues a start command to the drive Stopping the Drive Pressing issues a stop command to the drive IMPORTANT Stop commands from any attached OIM are always enabled Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Frame 3 Wiring Diagrams Appendix LiquiFlo 2 0 Drive Frame 3 Wiring Diagrams See the following pages for these LiquiFlo 2 0 wiring diagrams Figure 103 Drive Assembly Cabinet Wiring Diagram Frame 3 on page 248 Figure 104 Power Module Wiring Diagram Frame 3 sheet 1 on pag
176. control panel see Determining Drive Status Using the Status LEDs on page 196 Drive status parameters Drive Status 1 209 and Drive Status 2 210 Entries in the fault queue see About the Fault Queue on page 202 Pop up screen on the OIM See Figure 81 The screen displays Fault number Fault name Time that has elapsed since fault occurred Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 201 Chapter 10 Figure 81 Sample Fault Screen on the OIM Fault Fxxxxx Fault Text String Time Since Fault XXXX XX XX ACKNOWLEDGE Press any F Key to Acknowledge the Fault The fault screen is displayed until it is acknowledged by pressing any F key or cleared in the drive by other means About the Fault Queue The drive automatically retains a history of faults that have occurred in the fault queue The fault queue is accessed using the OIM or VS Utilities software The fault queue holds the eight most recent faults The last fault to occur is indicated in queue entry 1 As new faults are logged into the queue existing fault entries are shifted for example entry 1 moves to entry 2 Once the queue is full older faults are discarded from the queue as new faults occur All entries in the fault queue are retained if power is lost The Time Stamp For each entry in the fault queue the system also displays a fault code and time stamp value The time stamp value is the value of an internal d
177. ctifier 238 then setting the PWM Frequency 151 to anything other than 4 kHz causes an immediate Carrier Sync Lost fault fault 247 155 Mode 156 Stop Mode B Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 10 Chapter 9 Active stop mode Stop Mode is active unless Stop Mode is selected digital input A 157 ATTENTION You must provide an external hardwired emergency stop circuit outside of the drive circuitry This circuit must disable the system in case of improper operation Uncontrolled machine operation may result if this procedure is not followed Failure to observe this precaution could result in bodily injury DC Brake Lvl Sel Range 0 DC Brake Lvl 1 Analog In 1 2 Analog In 2 Default 0 DC Brake Lvl Access 0 Path Dynamic Control gt Stop Brake Modes See also 155 156 158 159 Selects the source for DC Brake Level 158 158 DC Brake Level Range 010 Rated Ampsx 1 5 0 1 A Default Rated Amps Access 0 Path Dynamic Control gt Stop Brake Modes See also 157 159 Defines the maximum DC brake current in percentage of drive rated current The DC braking voltage used in this function is created by a PWM algorithm and may not generate the smooth holding force needed for some applications A A ATTENTION If a hazard of injury due to movement of equipment or material exists an auxiliary mechanical braking device must be used to stop the m
178. cture hardware reported 1 Verify connections between control board and power board unexpected fault 2 If fault persists replace power board 3 If fault still persists replace control board Retfr 12T Ovrld 20 Long term current rating of rectifier exceeded 1 Low input voltage can result in increased current load Provide proper input voltage to the drive 2 Verify that rectifier Input Load Amps 106 is set correctly Rctfr IGBT Temp 218 Excessive calculated rectifier IGBT junction temperature See Check for proper temperature and flow rate of coolant rectifier Rctfr IGBT Temp rectifier 19 Rctfr 10 Board 236 Communication between control board and 1 0 board has not 1 Clear fault been established 2 If fault persists verify connection between 1 0 board and control board 3 If fault still persists replace 1 0 board 4 If fault still persists replace control board Retfr IT Overld 219 Short term current rating of rectifier exceeded Low input voltage can result in increased current load Provide proper input voltage to the drive Rctfr Not Login 238 Rectifier took too long to connect to inverter 1 Verify the DPI Data Rate 270 is set to 500K 2 Connect one DPI device at a time to see if one ofthe DPI devices is causing the problem 3 Replace the Combined Control board 212 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Table 22 Fault Descriptions and Corrective Actions Frame 4 Continue
179. cy 11 22 Flux Current 5 DC Bus Voltage 12 Phase V Current 23 Output Voltage 6 DCBusMemory 13 Phase W Current 24 Output Power 7 Analog In1 Value 16 Est Input Power 25 Drive Data Rated kW 26 Rated Amps 28 Rated Volts 27 Control SW Ver 29 Application Appl Digital Out 30 Config 32 Rctfr Status 34 Appl Analog Out 31 Rctfr Control 33 Fault 35 Motor Control Motor Data Motor Type 40 Motor NP RPM 44 Motor OL Amps 48 Motor NP Volts 4 Motor Power 45 Imbalance Limit 49 Motor NP FLA 42 Mtr NP Pwr Units 46 Imbalance Time 50 Motor NP Hertz 43 MotorOLHertz 47 Attributes Torque PerfMode 53 Flux Up Mode 57 IR Voltage Drop 62 Maximum Voltage 54 Flux Up Time 58 Flux Current Ref 63 Maximum Freq 55 SV Boost Filter 59 Voltage Drop 64 Compensation 56 Autotune 61 Volts per Hertz Start Acc Boost 69 Break Voltage 7 Run Boost 70 Break Frequency 72 Speed Command Spd Mode amp Limits Speed Mode 80 Overspeed Limit 83 Skip Frequency3 86 Minimum Speed 81 Skip Frequency1 84 Skip Freq Band 87 Maximum Speed 82 Skip Frequency2 85 Speed References Speed Ref A Sel 90 Speed Ref B Sel 93 TB Man Ref Sel 96 Speed Ref A Hi 91 Speed Ref B Hi 94 TB Man Ref Hi 97 Speed Ref A Lo 92 Speed Ref B Lo 95 TB Man Ref Lo 98 Discrete Speeds Jog Speed 100 Preset Speed 1 7 101 107 Speed Trim Trim In Select 117 119 Trim Out Select 118 120 Slip Comp Slip RPM FLA 121 Slip Comp Gain 122 Slip RP
180. d Chapter 10 Fault amp Description Action 2 Rctfr Not OK 232 Afault was detected on the rectifier but could not be displayed Look at rectifier parameter 243 to see fault code on the inverter Rctfr NTC Demux 244 Control board cannot read temperature information from 1 Clear faults rectifier half of power board 2 If fault persists verify connections to power board 3 Iffault still persists replace power board Rctfr Over Cur 211 Rectifier overcurrent 1 High line current can be caused by high load current Verify that rectifier R ST 212 See description of rectifier IOC Redir Time 300 and 10 Redir overcurrent was not caused by sudden increase in motor inverter 213 301 for discussion of alternative reporting of rectifier current instantaneous overcurrent 100 faults 2 Low input voltage can result in increased current load Provide proper input voltage to the drive 3 ACline events such as short duration shorts in the nearby grid can cause sudden line current increases Verify that such events have not occurred 4 Verify proper motor data is entered on inverter 5 Reduce rectifier current limit using rectifier Current Limit parameter 105 Rctfr Over Volt 224 TheDC bus voltage is too high Monitor the AC line for high line voltage or transient conditions Bus overvoltage can also be caused by motor regeneration Extend the dece
181. d Select 1 2 3 One two or three digital input functions can be used to select the speed reference used by the drive and they are called the Speed Select input functions The current open closed state of all Speed Select input functions combine to select which source is the current speed reference There are seven possible combinations of open closed states for the three input functions and thus seven possible parameters can be selected The seven parameters are Speed Ref A Sel and Preset Speed 2 through Preset Speed 7 If the Speed Select input functions select Speed Ref A Sel then the value of that parameter further selects a reference source There are a large number of possible selections including all six presets If the input functions directly select one of the preset speed parameters then the parameter contains a frequency that is to be used as the reference The Speed Select input function configuration process involves assigning the functionality of the three possible Speed Select input functions to physical digital inputs The three Speed Select inputs functions are called Speed Select 1 Speed Select 2 and Speed Select 3 and they are assigned to physical inputs using the Digital In x Sel parameters Table 12 describes the various reference sources that can be selected using all three of the Speed Select input functions If any of the three Reference Select input functions are not configured the software still follow
182. dard I O Assembly Wire Harness Assembly Control Sync 16 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 2 Figure 3 Power Module Component Locations Door Open Frame 3 Y NS A OG 9 57 a 4 1 BP Boy ES NY y A T ED A 5 bo y gt 17 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 2 Figure 4 Power Module Component Locations Door Closed Frame 3 18 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 2 Drive Components Locations Frame 4 Frame 4 Units 180580 A07 and 180580 A09 The drive section contains the following main components The numbered items listed below correspond to the numbers used in Figure 5 Replacement parts are listed in Chapter 10 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Circuit Breaker 600V 1 2 Inductor 3 AC Contactor 4 Power Module Assembly 5 6 7 8 9 Input Filter Capacitor Assembly Fans 115 AC Inductor 4 Transformer 5 Fan 115V AC Contactor Resistors 100 kOhms 50 W Prech
183. dles power loss conditions in the following manner As soon as the power loss is detected the inverter starts decelerating the motor in an attempt to use the inertia of the motor to maintain the DC bus voltage at a useful level This is called inertial ridethrough Ifthe output frequency reaches 0 Hz or the DC bus voltage drops so far that it is not possible to maintain motor voltage the inverter coasts the motor At this point power loss recovery proceeds as for Coast mode described above However at the point where the motor is coasted if the power loss mode is set to Decel Fault and the Power Loss fault fault 3 is enabled the inverter immediately faults with the Power Loss fault rather than waiting any longer for power to come back or for the timer to expire Ifthe power loss condition ends before any fault including a Power Loss fault occurs and the inverter has been able to maintain motor voltage through the entire power loss the inverter exits its power loss state by accelerating the motor up to its currently commanded speed using the currently commanded acceleration rate Note that the response of the entire drive to loss of AC line synchronization is also affected by rectifier parameters Ride Through Ena 64 and Ride Through Sec 65 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 113 Chapter 9 114 185 Power Loss Time Range 0 0 60 0 sec 0 1 sec Default 0 0 sec Access 0 Path Dynamic C
184. drive 4 Check that there is adequate clearance around the drive 5 Verify that the wiring to the terminal strip and the power terminals is correct 6 Check that the wire size is within terminal specifications and that the wires are tightened properly 7 Check that user supplied branch circuit protection is installed and correctly rated Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 51 Chapter 6 8 Check that the incoming power is rated correctly 9 Check the motor installation and length of motor leads 10 Check that the rating of the transformer if used matches the drive requirements and is connected properly 11 Verify that a properly sized ground wire is installed and a suitable earth ground is used Check for and eliminate any grounds between the motor frame and the motor power leads Verify that all ground leads are unbroken 12 Visually inspect the liquid cooling connections for leaks Powering Up After Use the following procedure to verify that the drive is installed correctly and is Installation Is Complete receiving the proper line voltage 1 Turn the input circuit breaker of the drive to the On position 2 Verify that coolant is flowing through the power module 3 Follow the start up procedure in Using the Start up Routines on page 53 52 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Preparing for Startup Chapter 7 Using the Start up Routines ATTENTION Only qualified elec
185. e 16 Rectifier Status LED Definitions Color State Description Green Flashing Rectifier ready but not running and no faults are present Steady Rectifier running providing current to inverter Yellow Flashing Precharge contactor is open and rectifier is not running This is the normal state if the inverter is not running Steady A rectifier alarm condition exists rectifier may be running Check rectifier parameter 211 Alarm Status Red Flashing A rectifier fault has occurred This also causes an inverter fault and the fault is enunciated on the or other DPI device Steady Anon resettable rectifier fault has occurred IMPORTANT Certain hardware failures produce indications on the status LEDs that not covered in the above tables For Frame 3 drives the appropriate response to the appearance of any of these indications is to replace either the Rectifier Control board or Inverter Control board depending on which LED displays the indication For Frame 4 drives the appropriate response is always to replace the Control board Table 17 lists the indications Table 17 Status LED Definitions for Hardware Failure LED Indication Condition Red green alternating Control board boot firmware is running because control board application firmware is corrupted Yellow green red repeating pattern Control board RAM has failed or control board boot firmware is corrupted About Alarms Alarms indicate co
186. e 249 Figure 105 Power Module Wiring Diagram Frame 3 sheet 2 on page 250 Figure 106 Power Module Rectifier Wiring Diagram Frame 3 sheet 3 on page 251 Figure 107 Power Module Inverter Wiring Diagram Frame 3 sheet 4 on page 252 Figure 108 Power Module IGBT Wiring Diagram Frame 3 sheet 5 on page 253 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 247 Appendix Figure 103 Drive Assembly Cabinet Wiring Diagram Frame 3 Q3033N SV 015 3 00 OL NOILO3NNOO TOMLNOD 1810 992
187. e AC Input Line to the Main Input Circuit Breaker Chapter 5 Installing Input and Output Power Wiring Install all wiring in conformance with the applicable local national and international codes for example NEC CEC Signal wiring control wiring and power wiring must be routed in separate conduits to prevent interference with drive operation Use grommets when hubs are not provided to guard against wire chafing Use the following steps to connect AC input power to the main input circuit breaker 1 Turn off lock out and tag the input power to the drive 2 Remove the input wiring panel and drill the required number of openings in the top of the drive enclosure Take care that metal chips do not enter the enclosure See Figure 14 on page 37 through Figure 17 on page 40 3 Wire the AC input power leads by routing them though the openings to the main input circuit breaker same conduit This can cause interference with drive operation Failure to observe this precaution could result in damage to or destruction of the equipment ATTENTION Do not route signal and control wiring with power wiring in the Connect the three phase AC input power leads three wire 480V AC to the appropriate input terminals of the circuit breaker See Figure 2 on page 15 and Figure 5 on page 20 S Tighten the AC input power terminals to the proper torque as specified on the input circuit breaker Rockwell Automation Publicati
188. e and motor and motor in this phase 2 Check motor for grounded phase Phase V to Grnd 39 Phase W to Grnd 40 Phase UV Short 41 Excessive current has been detected between these two output 1 Check the motor and drive output terminal wiring for a shorted condition terminals Phase VW Short 42 Phase UW Short 43 Port 1 6 Adapter 71 The network card connected to DPI port stopped 1 Check communication board for proper connection to external network 2 communicating on its external network 2 Check external wiring to module on port 2 The fault code indicates the offending port number 3 Verify external network fault 74 71 port 1 etc 75 76 Port 1 6 DPI Loss 81 DPI port stopped communicating via DPI or an attached 1 If DPI device was not intentionally disconnected check wiring to the port 82 peripheral with control capabilities was removed Fault 82 Replace wiring port expander peripherals control board as required 83 indicates specifically that the rectifier stopped communicating 2 If fault 82 occurs disconnect all external peripherals and cycle power to M with the inverter drive If fault 82 recurs replace control board 85 86 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 211 Chapter 10 Table 22 Fault Descriptions and Corrective Actions Frame 4 Continued Fault amp Description Action
189. ear fault queue Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 10 Accessing the Fault Parameters The OIM provides quick access to the fault parameters by grouping them in the Fault Info submenu To access these parameters see Figure 84 Figure 84 Accessing the Fault Parameters gt gt Stopped Auto PO LiquiFlo 2 0 Main Menu Diagnostics Diag Fault Info Ran d bs eat Av 55 7 OIM version L Status2GFault Fault nio Alarm1 Fault Diagnostics Monitor Lang Highlight item Highlight parameter lt gt Highlight Diagnostics icon 5 elect Accessing the Drive Status Parameters The OIM provides quick access to the status parameters by grouping them in the Status Info submenu To access these parameters see Figure 85 Figure 85 Accessing the Drive Status Parameters gt gt Stopped 2 Auto PO LiquiFlo 2 0 Main Menu Diagnostics Diag Status Info N OIM Version N zzz 7 Fault Info Drive Status2 Status Info Drive Alarm1 Diagnostics Monitor ally Highlight item ally Highlight parameter Highlight Diagnostics icon lt gt 579 9 Select Determining the Product Version The OIM can be used to determine hardware and firmware version information for the dri
190. ed Fault amp Description Action Input Imbalance 225 Input phase current imbalance exceeded limits 1 Fault 225 can occur if rectifier Line Imbalance 22 is greater than rectifier Imbalance Lmt 62 for longer than the time in rectifier Imbalance Time 63 Verify that rectifier parameters 62 and 63 have the correct values If this is the cause of the fault 225 fault 225 should also appear in the rectifier fault queue rectifier parameters 243 250 2 Check for line voltage imbalance A line voltage imbalance can cause a line current imbalance See rectifier Line V Imbalance 23 3 Check for existence of rectifier instantaneous overcurrent 100 faults rectifier faults 12 211 212 213 in rectifier fault queue rectifier parameters 243 250 Short duration events on AC line can cause rectifier overcurrents which can be reported as drive fault 225 See description of rectifier IOC Redir Time rectifier 300 and Redir rectifier 301 4 Check for existence of rectifier Line V Imbal OL fault rectifier fault 16 in rectifier fault queue rectifier parameters 243 250 This rectifier fault can be caused by short duration AC line events and is reported as drive fault 225 5 Check rectifier current feedback wiring and signal path which includes the combined power board and the combined control board Input V Imbalance 226 Rectifier Line
191. ed 2 If problem persists replace inverter power interface board Rctfr Base Temp 217 amp Measured temperature of one of the rectifier IGBT modules Check for proper temperature and flow rate of coolant exceeded limits Rctfr Checksum 229 The parameter checksum read from the rectifier control 1 Clear fault board does not match the checksum calculated or the 2 If fault persists restore defaults on rectifier rectifier parameter 197 then rectifier power board or rectifier control board has been reprogram rectifier parameters replaced 3 If fault still persists replace rectifier control board or rectifier power board Retfr Dsat R S T 208 High current was detected an IGBT 1 Check for loose connection IGBT wire harness 209 2 Check IGBTs 210 Retfr Gnd Fault 216 Excessive input ground current measured Check for grounded input wiring Rctfr HW Unk 231 Rectifier portion of power structure hardware reported 1 Verify connection between rectifier control board and rectifier power board unexpected fault 2 If fault persists replace rectifier power board 3 If fault still persists replace rectifier inverter control board Rctfr HW Unused 215 Rectifier portion of power structure hardware reported 1 Verify connection between rectifier control board and rectifier power board unexpected fault 2 If fault persists replace rectifier power board 3 If fault still persists replace rectifier
192. een serviced reattach the power module cover and close the enclosure door 7 Turn on the circuit breaker Figure 77 Location of DC Bus Measuring Points Frame 3 9 C DC Bus measurement points on laminated bus assembly J Dc 0 25 in x 032 in male faston M POS Accessible by removal of top cover c 4 p eo d 21 Front View of Frame 3 Power Module Right Side View of Frame 3 Power Module Figure 78 Location of DC Bus Measuring Points Frame 4 DC Bus measurement points on laminated bus assembly 0 25 in x 032 in male faston Accessible by removal of top cover Front View of Frame 4 Power Module Right Side View of Frame 4 Power Module Determining Drive Status The inverter and rectifier sections each have a status LED Using the Status LEDs For Frame 3 drives the status LEDs are located on the Communication Interface board and are labeled on the board itself as INV STATUS inverter and ACTIVE RECT STATUS rectifier See Figure 79 For Frame 4 drives the status LEDs are located on the Control Board and are labeled on the board itself as B2 inverter and B1 rectifier See Figure 80 196 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Figure 79 Location of the Status LEDs Frame 3 DPI
193. el 384 Dig Out2Offfime 387 Dig Out1 OnTime 382 Dig Out2 Level 385 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 59 Chapter 8 Rectifier Parameters View The table below shows the rectifier parameters organized by their respective files and groups File Group Parameters Input Current R 2 DC Bus Voltage 10 18 Input Current S 3 Active Voltage 11 Rctfr IGBT Temp 19 Input Current T 4 Reactive Voltage 12 Rctfr IT Overld 20 Active Current 5 Input kW 13 12T Overld 21 Reactive Current 6 Input Pwr Factor 14 Linellmbalance 22 Input VoltageRS 7 Motoring kWh 15 LineVimbalance 23 Input Voltage 8 Regen kWh 16 Drive Data Rated kW 26 Rated Amps 28 Rated Volts 27 Control SW Ver 29 VimbalanceTime 61 I Imbalance Time 63 RideThroughSec 65 Dynamic Control Control and Status Rectifier Contrl 100 Rectifier Status 101 Bus Voltage Vdc Optimize 102 Vdc Reference 103 Vdc Command 104 Load Limits Current Limit 105 Max Motor Volts 107 Base Motor Freq 109 Input Load Amps 106 Motor Freq 108 Regulator Tuning VML Ki 10 CMLKi 112 Level 114 VML Kp 111 CMLKp 113 Cold Plate Cold Plate Temp 120 CPCK2 124 Delay AfterMove 128 Invtr Base Temp 121 High Temp Limit 125 Ambient Temp 129 Rctfr Base Temp 122 LowTemplimit 126 123 StartMoveTime 127 Internal Data Normalized Amps Inpu
194. el allows access to a subset of the Standard level and contains only the most commonly used parameters See Inverter Parameters Basic Access Level on page 64 and Rectifier Parameters Basic Access Level on page 64 for parameters available at the Basic level The active access level is displayed in Parameter Access Level 196 To select the parameter access level using the OIM select the Password icon from the main menu See Figure 28 IMPORTANT This option is not supported in the VS Utilities software Figure 28 Selecting the Parameter Access Level gt gt Stopped 2 Auto PO LiquiFlo 2 0 Main Menu e Password Password Monitor Lang Highlight Password icon A Y Highlight option Select Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 63 Chapter 8 64 Inverter Parameters Basic Access Level The inverter parameters available at the Basic level 0 are listed in the table below 1 Output Freq 97 TB Man Ref Hi 190 Direction Mode 2 Commanded Freq 98 TB Man Ref Lo 196 Param Access Lvl 3 Output Current 100 Jog Speed 197 Reset To Defalts 12 DC Bus Voltage 101 Preset Speed 1 7 198 Load Frm Usr Set 107 4 Motor Volts 140 Accel Time 1 199 Save To User Set 42 Motor NP FLA 141 Accel Time 2 201 Language 43 Motor NP Hertz 142 Decel Time 1 214 Start Inhibi
195. er 197 Reset to Defalts returns to 0 immediately after 1 is written to memory 2 If drive is still faulted attempt to reset the fault using the normal procedure See Clearing Drive Faults on page 222 If drive is still faulted after this attempt is made troubleshoot on the basis of the current fault 3 Reprogram all drive parameters Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 223 Chapter 10 Rectifier Power Interface Board IMPORTANT If drive fault 235 Rctfr Pwr Board occurs after replacing board or at any other point during this procedure then the new rectifier power interface board is incompatible with the old rectifier control board or the data stored on the old rectifier control board has become corrupt Replace the old rectifier control board If the fault still exists replace the new rectifier power interface board 1 Verify that rectifier power interface board data is correct by checking rectifier read only parameter 28 Rated Amps against correct rectifier output current rating 2 Reset all rectifier parameters to defaults by setting rectifier parameter 197 Reset to Defalts to 1 The value of parameter 197 Reset to Defalts returns to 0 immediately after 1 is written to memory 3 If drive is still faulted attempt to reset the fault using the normal procedure See Clearing Drive Faults on page 222 If drive is still faulted after this attempt is made troubleshoot on the basis of the current fault
196. era ge ses ete die 242 Stopping the Drive ue da etc RE 242 Appendix C Frame 3 Wiring Diagrams scere tatc eaa eb ea Reed 243 Appendix D Frame 4 Wiring ess a RV 251 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 1 Introduction This manual is intended for qualified electrical and plumbing personnel familiar with installing programming and maintaining AC drives This manual contains information on e Installing and wiring the LiquiFlo 2 0 AC drive e Programming the drive e Troubleshooting the drive ATTENTION Only qualified electrical personnel familiar with the construction and operation of this equipment and the hazards involved should install adjust operate or service this equipment Read and understand this manual and other applicable manuals in their entirety before proceeding Failure to observe this precaution could result in severe bodily injury or loss of life ATTENTION DC bus capacitors retain hazardous voltages after input power has been disconnected After disconnecting input power wait 5 minutes for the DC bus capacitors to discharge and then check the voltage with a voltmeter to ensure the DC bus capacitors are discharged before touching any internal components Failure to observe this precaution could result in severe bodily injury or loss of life ATTENTION The drive can operate at and maintain zero speed You are responsible for assuring safe c
197. erver message is received Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 158 CSMsg Tx Cnt Range 0 65535 Default Read Only Access 0 Path Internal Data gt DPI Counters See also Increments when a DPI client server message is transmitted 159 CSTimeout Cnt Range 0 255 Default Read Only Access 0 Path Internal Data gt Counters See also Increments when a DPI client server message times out 160 CS MSG Bad Cnt Range 0 255 Default Read Only Access 0 Path Internal Data gt DPI Counters See also Increments when a bad DPI client server request is received 161 PCMSG Rx Cnt Range 0 65535 Default Read Only Access 0 Path Internal Data gt Counters See also Increments when a DPI producer consumer message is received 162 PCMSG Tx Cnt Range 0 65535 Default Read Only Access 0 Path Internal Data gt Counters See also Increments when a DPI producer consumer message is transmitted Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 179 9 180 163 PCTimeout Cnt Increments when a DPI producer consumer message times out 164 CAN Bus Off Cnt Increments when DPI CAN bus is off 171 D ASelect 172 173 174 Selects signals to map to a D A test card 196 Param Access Lvl Contains the present rectifier parameter access level See Chapter 8 for more informatio
198. es the normal reference selection mechanisms 19 Local 20 Acc2 amp Dec2 A single input function is used to select between Accel Time 1 Decel Time and Accel Time 2 Decel 2 If the function is open the drive uses Accel Time 1 as the acceleration rate and Decel Time 1 as the deceleration rate If the function is closed the drive uses Accel Time 2 as the acceleration rate and Decel Time 2 as the deceleration rate 21 22 Accel 2 Decel 2 One input function called Accel 2 selects between Accel Time and Accel Time 2 and another input function called Decel 2 selects between Decel Time 1 and Decel Time 2 The open state of the function selects Accel Time 1 or Decel Time 1 and the closed state selects Accel Time 2 or Decel Time 2 23 24 MOP Increment MOP Decrement The MOP isa reference setpoint called the MOP Value that can be incremented and decremented by external devices These input functions are used to increment and decrement the Motor Operated Potentiometer MOP value inside the drive The MOP value is retained through a power cycle The current MOP value is visible in inverter parameter MOP Frequency 11 While the MOP Increment input is closed the MOP value increases at rate contained in MOP Rate 195 Units for rate are Hz per second While the MOP Decrement input is closed MOP value decreases at rate contained in MOP Rate 195 Units for rate are Hz per second If both the MOP Increment
199. etering See also 7 8 9 60 61 The imbalance in input phase voltage is displayed as The imbalance in volts is calculated as the larger of largest phase to phase voltage average phase to phase voltage or average phase to phase voltage smallest phase to phase voltage The imbalance in percent is calculated as Imbalance in volts average phase to phase voltage x 100 26 RatedkW Range 0 00 3000 0 kW x xx kW Default Read Only Access 0 Path Monitor gt Drive Data See also The rectifier rated kW is displayed as kW Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 167 Chapter 9 168 27 Rated Volts Range 0 0 6553 5 VAC 0 1V AC Default Read Only Access 0 Path Monitor gt Drive Data See also The rectifier rated RMS input voltage is displayed as AC 28 Rated Amps Range 0 0 6553 5 A 0 1 A Default Read Only Access 0 Path Monitor gt Drive Data See also The rectifier rated RMS input current is displayed as x x A 29 Control SW Ver Range X XXX Default Read Only Access 0 Path Monitor gt Drive Data See also The rectifier software version number is displayed as 60 Vimbalance Lmt Range Path 0 0 to 20 0 0 1 Default 10 0 Access 0 Path Configuration gt AC Line See also 23 61 The allowed level of imbalance in input voltage entered as x x 61 ViImbalance Time Range 1 0 10 0 seconds
200. etie et e rper EL 211 Common Symptoms and Corrective 212 Replacement Parts 55 eod Eee 214 Replacement Patty Frame 3 Drive iones eese dee een 214 Replacement Parts Frame 4 Drive See eoe 216 Ordering Replacement Parts OSEE 217 Board Replacement Firmware Setup 218 Clearing Drive Faults i ise epo I bre v s 218 LiquiFlo 2 0 Frame 3 Firmware Setup Procedures 218 LiquiFlo 2 0 Frame 4 Firmware Setup Procedures 220 Troubleshooting the Drive Using the 222 Accessing the Fault Queue ce v a ederet 222 Accessing the Fault Parameters sate eter ha 223 Accessing the Drive Status 223 Determining the Product 223 Checking the Power Modules with Input Power Off 225 Contacting Technical Support for 227 Appendix A Service tera ta a Kato eee ere ce 229 Environmental Conditions 229 Cooling System Specifications 230 Motor Overload 230 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 7 Table of Contents Using the OIM LiquiFlo 2 0 Drive Frame 3
201. f W Range 0 00 to Drive Rated Amps 0 01 A Default Based on Drive Rating Access 1 Path Motor Control gt Attributes See also 53 Value of RMS motor amps for full motor flux Used only when Torque Perf Mode 53 is set to Sensrls Vect or SV Economize When inverter Autotune 61 is set to Calculate the value of this parameter is set according to the motor nameplate parameters and you cannot write to this parameter 64 Ixo Voltage Drop Range 0 00 20 0V 0 1V AC Default 0 0V AC Access 1 Path Motor Control gt Torq Attributes See also This parameter should be left at its default value of 0 0V AC 69 Start Acc Boost Range 0 0 to Motor NP Volts x 0 25 0 1V AC Default Based on drive rating Access 1 Path Motor Control gt Volts per Hertz See also 53 70 83 Sets the voltage boost level for starting and acceleration when Custom V Hz mode is selected in Torque Perf Mode 53 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 70 Boost Range 0 0 to Motor NP Volts x0 25 0 1V AC Default Based on drive rating Access 1 Path Motor Control gt Volts per Hertz See also 53 69 83 Sets the boost level for steady state or deceleration when Fan Pmp V Hz Custom V Hz modes are selected in Torque Perf Mode 53 71 Break Voltage Range 0 0 to Motor NP Volts 0 1V AC Default Motor NP Volts x 0 25 Access 1 Path Motor Control gt Volts per Hertz
202. f the drive condition output terminals See inverter Ground Current 21 Hi Vdc Shunt 15 Drive has activated the shunt trip because the DC Bus 1 Monitor the AC line for high line voltage or transient conditions Voltage was above 800V DC for more than 100 ms 2 Bus overvoltage can also be caused by motor regeneration Extend the decel time High AC Line 222 Input voltage is too high Reduce input voltage to meet specification of 480 10 HW Fault 70 Inverter section of power structure hardware detected an Replace inverter power board unexpected fault during power stage diagnostics HW OverCurrent 12 The drive output current has exceeded the hardware Check programming Check for excess load improper DC boost setting DC brake current limit volts set too high or other causes of excess current 1 0 Board Fail 122 Inverter Standard 1 0 Board failure 1 Cycle power 2 If fault repeats replace inverter standard 1 0 board 204 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 10 Table 21 Fault Descriptions and Corrective Actions Frame 3 Continued Fault amp Description Action 2 1 0 Comm Loss 121 Loss of communication to inverter standard 1 0 board 1 Cycle power 2 If fault persists verify connection between inverter 1 0 board and inverter control board 3 If fault still persists replace inverter standard 1 0 board
203. fined Do You Wish to From previous figure Rename Function Load User Set 1 Load User Set 2 States Text For Load User Set 1 a Function List F2 Undefined F3 Undefined CIrFK Esc or timeout to Process Display Screen Stopped PO LiquiFlo 2 0 0 00 Volts 0 00 Amps 000 Hz Luse1 will use default F Key label Luse1 Auto Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Name State Text FKey Text 2 BBCDEFGHIJKLM Next gt Save 4 Move through label text v Move through letters and symbols Toggle between upper and lower case EN L F1 Load User Set 1 F2 Undefined F3 Undefined Esc or timeout to Process Displays screen MY Stopped PO LiquiFlo 2 0 0 00 Volts 0 00 Amps 000 Hz LuseA will use custom F Key label LuseA 245 Appendix Controlling the Drive From the 246 Setting the Display Timeout Period When the OIM is inactive that is no keys have been pressed for a user specified period of time the process display screen becomes active To return to the previously active screen press any key To return to the Main Menu press 8 set the display timeout period select Display Timeout from the Display menu The timeout period can range from 10 1200 se
204. formation and a scaling example Analog In 1 Hi sets the highest input value to the user configurable analog input 1 scaling block See AC Line I O Board Description Frame 3 Only on page 25 through Combined I O Board Description Frame 4 Only on page 29 for a description of I O hardware that is present on this drive and is controlled by the inverter 324 Analog 1 Loss Range 0 Disabled 1 Fault 2 Hold Input use last frequency command 3 Set Input Lo use Minimum Speed as frequency command 4 Set Input Hi use Maximum Speed as frequency command 5 Goto Preset use Preset 1 as frequency command 6 Hold OutFreq maintain last output frequency Default 0 Disabled Access 1 Path Inputs amp Outputs Analog Inputs See also 91 92 320 Selects drive response when an analog signal loss is detected on user configurable analog input 1 e 1 0V signal loss 1 5 end of signal loss 2 0 mA signal loss 3 0 mA end of signal loss See AC Line I O Board Description Frame 3 Only on page 25 through Combined I O Board Description Frame 4 Only on page 29 for a description of I O hardware that is present on this drive and is controlled by the inverter Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 143 Chapter 9 One of the selections 1 Fault stops the drive on signal loss All other choices make it possible for the input signal to return to a usable level while the drive is stil
205. forming with all applicable local gt national and international codes Failure to observe this precaution could result in damage to or destruction of the equipment Always properly plan the installation before installing a LiquiFlo 2 0 drive to be sure that the environment and operating conditions are satisfactory Read the following recommendations before continuing with drive installation Making Sure Environmental Conditions are Met Before deciding on an installation site consider the following guidelines Verify that NEMA UL Type enclosure drives can be kept clean and dry Verify that the area chosen allows for proper airflow See Verifying the Site Provides for Recommended Air Flow Clearances on page 41 Be sure that the NEMA UL Type enclosure is installed away from oil coolants and other airborne contaminants Do not install the drive above 1000 m 3300 ft without derating output power For every 91 4 m 300 ft above 1000 m 3300 ft derate the output current 196 Verify that the drive location meets the environmental conditions specified in Table 4 Floor mounted units should be attached to the floor with the C channel rails provided See Figure 14 and Figure 16 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 35 Chapter 3 36 Table 4 Environmental Conditions Condition Operating Temperature inside NEMA UL Type 1 enclosure Specification 0 55 3
206. forward direction Closed Closed Drive continues to jog in current direction jogging the drive will switch from jog mode to run mode The drive will not stop but may change speed and or change direction Failure to observe this precaution could result in severe bodily injury or loss of life ATTENTION If a normal drive start command is received while the drive is The drive will not jog while running or while the Stop Clear Faults input is open Start has precedence over jog If one of these input functions is configured and the other one is not Table 11 still applies but consider the unconfigured input function permanently open 13 Stop Mode B This digital input selects between two different drive stop modes If the input is open then Stop Mode A selects which stop mode to use If the input is closed the Stop Mode B selects which stop mode to use If this input function is not configured then Stop Mode A selects which stop mode to use 14 Bus Regulation Mode B This digital input function selects how the drive regulates excess voltage on the DC bus If the input is open then Bus Reg Mode A selects which bus regulation mode to use If the input is closed then Bus Reg Mode B selects which bus regulation Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 155 Chapter 9 156 mode to use If this input function is not configured then Reg Mode selects which bus regulation mode to use 15 17 Spee
207. g Out1 OnTime 382 156 Dig Out2 Level 385 157 Dig Out2 OffTime 387 158 Dig Out2 OnTime 386 158 Digital In1 Sel 361 148 Digital In2 Sel 362 148 Digital In3 Sel 363 148 Digital In4 Sel 364 148 nanan 300 134 301 134 302 134 303 134 oe Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Digital In5 Sel 365 148 Digital Sel 366 148 Digital Out Sel 380 155 Digital Out2 Sel 384 157 Direction Mode 190 110 DPI Baud Rate 270 128 Drive Alarm 1 211 117 Drive Alarm 2 212 117 Drive Checksum 203 114 Drive Logic RsIt 271 128 Drive OL Count 219 121 Drive OL Mode 150 101 Drive Ramp Rslt 273 129 Drive Ref RsIt 272 129 Drive Status 1 209 115 Drive Status 2 210 116 Drive Temp 218 121 Elapsed MWh 9 67 Elapsed Run Time 10 67 Est Input Power 25 69 Fault Amps 225 122 Fault Bus Volts 226 122 Fault Clear 240 125 Fault Clear Mode 241 125 Fault Config 1 238 125 Fault Frequency 224 122 Flux Current 5 66 Flux Current Ref 63 82 Flux Up Mode 57 80 Flux Up Time 58 80 Flying Start En 169 105 Flying StartGain 170 105 Ground Current 21 69 Imbalance Count 221 121 Inv Ambient Tmp 350 146 Inv Coldplt 349 146 Inv 1 0 ID V 354 147 Inv IGBT Tmp Bot 348 146 Inv IGBT Low 347 145 Inv IGBT Tmp 345 145 Inv IGBT Tmp Up 346 145 Inv PS 4 12 352 147 Inv PS 12V 353 147 Inv PS Tmp 351 146 IR Voltage Drop 62 82
208. g ec uz 300801 9NNGIHDIL 80 380 v 380 834402 10 8 9 803 55 38 YO 8 11 0 NIJINNYH 8 4 335 97 839402 00 8 6 803155048 Mei 1 341315 37 48 S40 Y HIM 1841009 13110 YO 1 0 834 NIJINNYH MOXNd 9 0 2 060LL N d LIZL N d ONISNOH Nid YO OL 2809 9 0 2 NS MARIE DN 1328 2 2060 N d av 133005 1 9 1zL N d dv 13905 14 43689 38344038 UDLAND SSH 2550 INAS aH NNO3 30 8 C6HT O N d NHINNVH YZ INN NN 9 3801 834402 70 8 9 8035098 1 00 7 1 4 0 0 3382 EN 181 201 W3IeNOY 37 88 5400 V 00 9 2 22 1 970 900 MAYIS N 381 21 ter irm Pe ru aee 0 01 6 4 00 080 13825 25 94 v 335 id v 29 0 INS 834 SMIYIS 9NITIOU QV3MHI 193907 omv 97 n N 30N343338 INN ava S310H INVIA ONUNNON woy d diS 5205 108 000 305 1331 104102 013 Ws MJA 18083 bd WX XS SISSYH 10 HOVE WN US TATE 7 i T e 099 2x 300809007 az 06 10v 4 Em e
209. ge 87 lxo voltage calculated from motor nameplate data 15100 1 Iflxo calculation is not needed disable it by clearing bit 2 of Compensation Range high inverter parameter 56 then clear fault 2 If Ixo calculation is needed re enter motor nameplate data and if necessary repeat Autotune inverter 61 Line Feq Lost 228 Line frequency not in the range of 47 63 Hz 1 Verify line frequency 2 Check line voltage feedback wiring and signal path includes line synchronization board AC Line 1 0 board Rectifier control board Low DC Bus 223 The DC bus voltage is too low Verify proper input voltage Motor I Imbalance 37 The motor current imbalance displayed in inverter Clear fault Imbalance Count 221 has exceeded inverter Imbalance Limit 49 for time configured in inverter Imbalance Time 50 Motor Overload 7 D Internal electronic overload trip An excessive motor load exists Reduce load so drive output current does not Enable disable with inverter Fault Config 1 238 exceed the current set by inverter Motor OL Amps 48 Not At Voltage 237 The rectifier did not regulate to the desired bus voltage 1 Verify that rectifier is currently synchronized to the AC line within the defined time 2 Check all fuses and cabinet wiring 3 Replace line sync board 4 Replace AC Line 1 0 board 5 Replace rectifier control board and or rectifier power board OverSpeed Limit 25 Functions such as slip co
210. ge of the DC bus voltage level 16 Analog In1 Value 17 Analog 2 Value 18 Analog In3 Value Range 0 000 20 000 mA 0 001 mA 10 000V 0 001V Default Read Only Access 1 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The value of the signal of a user configurable analog input See AC Line I O Board Description Frame 3 Only on page 25 through Combined I O Board Description Frame 4 Only on page 29 for a description of I O hardware that is present on this drive and is controlled by the inverter Analog In3 Value 18 is not usable on LiquiFlo 2 0 drives and is only provided for compatibility with other drive models Analog In3 Value 18 is present on Frame 3 drives only Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 21 Ground Current Range 0 0 3276 7 0 1 A Default Read Only Access 1 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The analog value of motor ground current Ground current trip is at about 5096 of drive rated current 22 Phase U Current 23 PhaseV Current 24 Phase W Current Range 0 0 3276 7 0 1 A Default Read Only Access 1 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The RMS motor output current value as follows Parameter 22 displays the phase U RMS current value Parameter 23 displays the phase RMS current value Parameter 24 displays the phase W RMS current value 25 Estinput Power Range 0 0 3000 0 0 1 kW Default Read Only Access 1
211. gral 93 Pl enable 94 Pl hold 94 reset 94 proportional 93 PI regulator process control 94 process trim 94 status Pl enable 98 PI hold 98 PI inlimit 98 reset 98 power and enclosure ratings 20 power module frame 3 component locations 12 frame 4 component locations 17 identifying by model number 20 input ratings 37 mounting lifting 43 output current rating 38 power wiring input installing 45 output installing 46 sizes 37 powering up and adjusting the OIM 236 powering up checklist 48 precautions 5 process display screen customizing 239 238 program protection 62 programming basics 51 proportional control 93 ramp to rest 38 ratings enclosure 20 input current 20 input power 20 input voltage 20 output current 20 rectifier sequencing 72 refrigerant 230 replacement parts frame 3 drive 214 frame 3 power module 215 frame 4 drive 216 frame 4 power module 217 ordering 217 RLA 38 runnning load amps 38 5 sequencing rectifier 72 signal loss Analog 1 139 Analog In 2 141 signal wire sizes 37 site requirements 31 starting the drive using the OIM 242 start up routines accessing 50 exiting 50 preparing for 49 running 50 start up menu 50 status info submenu 223 status LED definitions hardware failure 194 inverter 194 rectifier 194 status LEDs 192 location frame 3 193 location frame 4 193 stopping the drive coast to rest 38 emergency stop circuit 5 gate kill 38 ramp to rest 38 us
212. h of these requirements have been met the Main Menu is displayed after the initialization screen Selecting the Fast Power Up Feature The fast power up feature bypasses the initialization screen at power up and the Main Menu is displayed immediately To select this feature select Fast PwrUp Mode from the Display menu Adjusting the Screen Contrast To adjust the screen contrast select Contrast from the Display menu Resetting the Display To return all the options for the display to factory default values select Reset Display from the Display menu The OIM can access and display data from any active drive or peripheral device on the network The drive port 0 is the default device selected To select a device select the Device Select icon from the Main Menu The options listed depend on what is connected to the network The name and DPI port number of the device being accessed is shown on the OIM display see Figure 94 The OIM enables you to view and adjust parameters in the drive or in peripheral devices connected to the drive The parameters available for viewing or adjustment depend on the device selected See Selecting a Device in the System on page 240 for information about selecting a device The method of viewing and adjusting parameters is the same regardless of the device selected Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Appendix Viewing and Adjusting Parameters See Chapter 8 for info
213. he drive Take up any vertical slack in the chain 2 Use the hoist to carefully lift the drive from the horizontal shipping pallet 3 Position the drive 4 Machine fasten the drive enclosure using 1 2 inch bolts grade 5 or better with compression washers Verify mounting bolt torque specifications Grounding the Drive Use the following steps to ground the drive national and international codes Failure to observe this precaution could result ATTENTION You are responsible for conforming with all applicable local in damage to or destruction of the equipment 1 Open the door of the enclosure 2 Runa suitable equipment grounding conductor unbroken from the drive to earth ground Recommended tightening torque is 11 3 13 5 Nem 100 120 Ibein For Frame 3 see Figure 2 on page 15 for Frame 4 see Figure 5 on page 20 Note For grounding the motor the motor ground cable provided should be used 3 Close the door of the enclosure 46 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 4 Lifting and Mounting the Be careful to prevent damage due to dropping or jolting when moving the drive Power Module A forklift truck or similar means of lifting and transporting may be used Sling in a manner that equalizes the load at the lifting points Use a spreader bar if the angle of the sling is less than 45 degrees relative to horizontal Do not jolt while lifting Figure 21 Lift Point Locations for Liqui
214. i 43MOd 83133ANI E E ee oean 9 513346 335 pU NM 3 3 EE 17 114 5 1891 OL s 3089 x S E ixl RES d eee DIT a E DE el SNOLIVOINDANOO ae t 1 E x TE un G 13385 336 es SNOILY INNWNOO OL 5 in zf ASSY 1891 N3143ANI OL 20 9866 1 Ea E ASSY 1081 09 zr z 3ivo TOSINOO LE BADMJAND b ATA Sn Ir er sna S 13365 335 sng 504 2018 TWNINYAL 1130 9 a s a gt Or gt 6z gt ze Woo 54 92 2901 gt 52 Sp ve Of ZZ 3331 212 C NI gt 02 gt gt 15 gt oa S gt 00 gt LON 00 gt 1 og gt 19N gt 2 gt gt gt LANGA gt gt WO2 434A gt gt Z NIA gt gt gt gt lt 2 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 252 Appendix Figure 108 Power Module IGBT Wiring Diagram Frame
215. ifier 107 Sets the highest RMS voltage the drive will output See description of rectifier Max Motor Volts parameter 107 in rectifiers parameters Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 55 Maximum Freq Range 5 0 250 0Hz 0 1 Hz Default 130 0 Hz Access 0 Path Motor Control gt Attributes See also 82 83 rectifier 108 Sets the maximum allowable frequency the drive will output Note that this is not maximum speed which is set in parameter 82 See Figure 36 See description of rectifier Max Motor Freq parameter 108 in rectifiers parameters Figure 36 Speed Limits Allowable Output Frequency Range ______ Bus Regulation or Current Limit I Allowable Output Frequency Range gt Normal Operation Max Volt Allowable Reference Frequency Range gt Volts Motor Volts Wd ee l Frequency Trim due to Overspeed 9 gt Speed Control Mode Limit gt Break Volts 4 2 gt gt Start Boost Run i 0 Break Motor Max Output Speed Frequency Hz Speed Freq Limit Freq Frequency 56 Compensation Range See Figure 37 Default See Figure 37 Access 1 Path Motor Control gt Torg Attributes See also Enables disables the compensation correction options Figure 37 Compensation 56 CN OA cv
216. ifier parameters 243 250 This rectifier fault can be caused by short duration AC line events and is reported as drive fault 225 5 Check rectifier current feedback wiring and signal path which includes the rectifier power board and the rectifier control board Input V Imbalance 226 Rectifier Line V Imbalance 23 exceeded rectifier 1 Check for problem in input power distribution Imbalance Lmt 60 for more than the time in rectifier 2 Check line voltage feedback wiring and signal path includes line V Imbalance Time 61 synchronization board AC Line 1 0 board Rectifier control board Inv Shunt Trip 14 Drive has activated the shunt trip because the inverter 1 See table entry for Ground Fault 13 firmware has commanded it This can be caused by the 2 Determine why 1 was written to bit 0 of inverter Appl Digital Out detection of a motor side inverter ground fault inverter 30 fault 13 or by the user writing a 1 to bit 0 of inverter Appl Digital Out inverter 30 Invtr Base Temp 8 QD Measured temperature of one of the inverter IGBT Check for proper temperature and flow rate of coolant modules exceeded limit Invtr Dsat 200 High current was detected in an IGBT 1 Check for loose connection in IGBT wire harness UVW 201 2 Check IGBTs 202 Invtr Gate Kill 207 Inverter gate kill contact is open Close gate kill contact Invtr HW Unk 230 Inverter section of power structure hardware reported 1 Ve
217. ight corner ofthe power module See Figure 93 To remove the OIM pull back on the OIM cable connector to release the OIM from the DPI Communication Interface board Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 235 Appendix 236 Figure 92 Installing and Removing the Local Frame 3 DPI Port 3 OIM NS DPI Communication Interface board Figure 93 Installing and Removing the Local Frame 4 Connect OIM Here Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Display Description Appendix B Removing the OIM While the Drive is Powered If the OIM is the selected control source removing the OIM while the drive is powered will cause a drive fault If the OIM is not the selected control source but is the reference source removing the OIM while the drive is powered will result in a zero reference value When the OIM is replaced the drive will ramp to the reference level supplied by the OIM may cause an abrupt speed change if the LCD OIM is the selected reference source but is not the selected control source The drive will ramp to the reference level provided by the OIM at the rate specified in Accel Time 1 140 Accel Time 2 141 Decel Time 1 142 and Decel Time 2 143 Be aware that an abrupt speed change may occur depending upon the new reference level and the rate specified in these parameters Failure to observe this precaution could res
218. imits See also 102 104 107 108 inverter 43 The base frequency for the motor for the purpose of calculating the optimal DC bus voltage This parameter is only used when Vdc Optimize 102 is set to Enabled See the description of Max Motor Volts 107 for a full description of how this parameter is used Base Motor Freq 109 normally has the same value as inverter parameter Motor NP Hertz 43 110 VMLKi Range 0 65535 Default Based on drive size Access 0 Path Dynamic Control gt Regulator Tuning See also Voltage Major Loop integral gain 111 VMLKp Range 0 65535 Default Based on drive size Access 0 Path Dynamic Control gt Regulator Tuning See also Voltage Major Loop proportional gain 112 CMLKi Range 0 65535 Default Based on drive size Access 0 Path Dynamic Control gt Regulator Tuning See also Current Minor Loop integral gain Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 175 Chapter 9 176 113 CMLKp 0 65535 Default Based on drive size Access 0 Path Dynamic Control gt Regulator Tuning See also Current Minor Loop integral gain 114 Reset Level Range 10 0 300 0V DC 0 1V DC Default Based on drive size Access 0 Path Dynamic Control Regulator Tuning See also The threshold for resetting the voltage loop integrator 120 ColdPlate Temp Range 20 0 120 0 C 0 1 C Default Read Only Access 0
219. inals for two user configurable digital outputs terminals 11 16 These logic outputs can be configured for any of the 30 functions controlled by Digital Out1 Sel 380 and Digital Out2 Sel 384 The digital output devices are form relays capable of switching 250V AC at 8 A or 30V DC at 8 A Analog Inputs The standard I O board terminal block provides two user configurable terminals for analog inputs terminals 1 4 and 17 20 Configure the inputs using inverter parameters Anlg In Config through Analog In 2 Loss 320 327 Each analog input has two modes voltage sensing input senses 10 V 10 V and current sensing input senses 0 mA 20 mA Separate terminals on the standard I O board are used for each mode The mode for both inputs are selected via inverter parameter Anlg In Config 320 Ifthe bit corresponding to a particular analog input is set to 1 then the analog input is in current sensing mode if set to 0 it is in voltage sensing mode The following table describes the correspondence between the mode of each user configurable analog input and the standardI O board terminals that should be used Input and Mode Paramter 320 Setting Terminal Designators Terminal Numbers Analog input 1 Bit 0 V1 V1 1 2 voltage sensing Analog input 1 Bit0 1 11 12 17 18 current sensing Analog input 2 Bit1 0 V27 V2 3 4 voltage sensing Analog input 2 Bit1 1 11 12 19 20 current sensing Rockwell Aut
220. ing Temperature inside NEMA UL Type 1 enclosure Service factor 1 0 Specification 0 455 C 32 131 F Operating Temperature outside NEMA UL Type 1 enclosure 0 40 C 32 104 F Storage Temperature ambient 40 65 C 40 149 F Humidity 5 95 non condensing Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 233 Appendix Cooling System Specifications Refrigerant LF200460AAR LF200608CCR Max Input Current Amps 405 608 LF200900CCR 900 LF201215CCR 1215 Max Output Current Amps 405 608 900 1215 Coolant Temp Range 5 40 C 41 104 F 5 40 C 41 104 F 5 40 C 41 104 F 5 40 C 41 104 F Minimum Coolant Flow Rate GPM 7 7 15 Pressure Drop psig from Power Module Inlet to Outlet Min Coolant Flow Rate 10 10 10 Coolant Max Inlet Pressure PSI Max Heat Load 6000 Watts 9000 Watts 12 000 Watts 18 000 Watts 1 Coolant temperature must be above the dew point to prevent condensation If the water temperature is below the dew point the appropriate water flow rate control is needed Consult Rockwell Automation 2 WEG25 good quality or distilled water ethylene glycol 25 by volume An approved inhibited silicate free ethylene glycol is Ucartherm a product of Dow Chemical Company Motor Overload Protection 234 ATT
221. ing the 242 storage temperature 32 229 T technical specifications cooling system specifications 230 environmental conditions 229 service conditions 229 technical support 7 227 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Index temperature ambient 32 operating inside NEMA UL Type 1 enclosure 32 229 outside NEMA UL Type 1 endosure 32 229 storage 32 229 time stamp fault queue 198 troubleshooting 191 common symptoms corrective actions 212 drive does not respond to speed command 213 reverse motor direction 213 start from start run or jog inputs wired totheterminal block 212 start or jog from 212 motor and or drive does not accelerate to commanded speed 213 motor operation is unstable 213 stopping the drive results in a decel inhibit fault 213 using the OIM 222 type 2 alarms 154 U user sets loading and saving using the OIM 238 V version how to determine 223 version levels component 224 OIM component 225 OIM product 225 product 224 VS Utilities 7 28 29 49 58 198 199 204 wire sizes control and signal 37 motor lead lengths 38 power 37 wiring input power 45 output power 46 requirements drive 37 wiring diagrams frame 3 cabinet wiring 244 power module sheet 1 245 power module sheet 2 246 power module IGBT sheet 5 249 power module inverter sheet 4 248 power module rectifier sheet 3 247 frame 4 cabinet wiring 252 power module sheet1 253 power module
222. ion See inverter Ground Current 21 terminals Hi Vdc Shunt 15 Drive has activated the shunt trip because the Bus Voltage 1 Monitor the AC line for high line voltage or transient conditions was above 800V DC for more than 100ms 2 Busovervoltage can also be caused by motor regeneration Extend the decel time High AC Line 222 Inputline voltage is too high Reduce input voltage to meet specification of 480 10 HW Fault 70 Inverter section of power structure hardware detected an Replace power board unexpected fault during power stage diagnostics HW OverCurrent 12 The drive output current has exceeded the hardware current Check programming Check for excess load improper DC boost setting DC limit brake volts set too high or other causes of excess current 1 0 Comm Loss 121 Communication between control board and 1 0 board has 1 Clear fault been established 2 If fault persists verify connection between 1 0 board and control board 3 If fault still persists replace 1 0 board 4 If fault still persists replace control board Incompat MCB PB 106 Q Drive rating information stored on the combined power board Load compatible version files into inverter inverter EEPROM is incompatible with the Combined Control board inverter firmware Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 209 Chapter 10 Table 22 Fault Descriptions and Corrective Actions Frame 4 Continu
223. ion could result in bodily injury Figure 90 Accessing the Device Item Information gt gt Stopped O Auto PO LiquiFlo 2 0 Main Menu Diagnostics Dev Item E E IN Fault info Param name Az Status Infor L gt Param value Device Items Diagnostics Monitor A J V Highlight item F1 Display default Highlight Diagnostics icon ally Scroll through items the Power Modules iii procedure to check the Power Module circuitry of the drive with Input Power Off with power off been disconnected After disconnecting input power wait 5 minutes for the DC bus capacitors to discharge and then check the voltage with a voltmeter to ensure the DC bus capacitors are discharged before touching any internal components Failure to observe this precaution could result in severe bodily injury or loss of life ATTENTION DC bus capacitors retain hazardous voltages after input power has 1 Turn off and lock out input power Wait 5 minutes 2 Verify that there is no voltage at the input power terminals of the drive 3 Check the DC bus potential with a voltmeter to make sure that the DC bus capacitors are discharged Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 229 Chapter 10 230 4 Disconnect the motor from the drive 5 Check all AC line and DC bus fuses 6 Ifa fuse is open use a multime
224. is value is copied to the inverter through a datalink to transmit rectifier faults to the inverter This parameter is part of inverter rectifier communications Do not write to this parameter 242 PowerUp Marker Range 0 0000 429496 7295 Hours Default Read Only Access 0 Path Utility gt Fault Queue See also Accumulated hours that the rectifier had been powered up at the time of the most recent drive powerup This parameter is used along with the rectifier fault timestamp parameters Fault z Time parameters below 244 246 248 250 to determine whether a rectifier fault in the rectifier fault queue happened before or after the most recent drive powerup This value rolls over to 0 after the drive has been powered on for more than the maximum value shown Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 189 Chapter 9 190 243 Fault 1Code 245 Fault2 Code 247 Fault3 Code 249 Fault4 Code Range 0 65535 Default Read Only Access 0 Path Utility gt Fault Queue See also A code that represents a rectifier fault The codes appear in these parameters in the order they occur Fault 1 Code the most recent fault 244 Fault1 Time 246 Fault 2 Time 248 Fault3Time 250 Fault4Time Range 0 0000 429496 7295 Hours Default Read Only Access 0 Path Utility gt Fault Queue See also The time between initial power up and the occurrence of the associated fault Can be compared to Power Up Marker
225. its power loss state when it is running The Power Loss fault fault 3 is enabled and disabled using inverter Fault Config 1 238 The time that the inverter remains in the power loss state before faulting is set using inverter Power Loss Time 185 However if the Power Loss fault is not enabled then the inverter Power Loss Time parameter has no effect on the response to and recovery from power loss If the Power Loss Mode is set to Coast Continue or Coast Input then the inverter handles power loss conditions in the following manner As soon as the power loss condition is detected the inverter coasts the motor stop applying voltage Ifthe power loss condition ends before any fault including a Power Loss fault occurs the inverter leaves the power loss state by restarting the motor The inverter initiates a flying start sequence in order to determine the rotational speed of the motor and sets the initial output frequency based on that speed The flying start sequence after a recovery from power loss is not affected by the value of the inverter Flying Start En parameter 169 If the motor is spinning in reverse at the time of the flying start sequence and inverter Direction Mode 190 is set to Reverse Disable then the flying start sequence is not able to match the speed of the motor and 0 Hz is used as the initial output frequency If the Power Loss Mode is set to Decel Decel Input or Decel Fault then the inverter han
226. k and set all the bits to 1 Goto inverter parameter 283 Fault Clr Mask and set all the bits to 1 Press the stop key on the OIM This key is normally colored red and is marked 0 2 Ifthe fault still exists remove power to the entire drive wait 5 minutes and then restore power LiquiFlo 2 0 Frame 3 Firmware Setup Procedures Inverter Control Board IMPORTANT If drive fault 106 Incompat MCB PB occurs after replacing board or at other point during this procedure then the new inverter control board is incompatible with the older inverter power interface board Replace the older inverter power interface board 1 Reset all inverter parameters to defaults by setting inverter parameter 197 Reset to Defalts to 1 The value of parameter 197 Reset to Defalts returns to 0 immediately after 1 is written to memory This action should clear faults 100 Parameter Checksum and 107 Replaced MCB PB 2 The reset to defaults operation normally causes drive fault 48 Params Defaulted to occur This fault is for information only and should be cleared See Clearing Drive Faults on page 222 If drive is still faulted after this attempt is made troubleshoot on the basis of the current fault 3 Reprogram all drive parameters Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 10 Inverter Power Interface Board IMPORTANT __ If drive fault 106 Incompat MCB PB occurs after replacing board or at any other p
227. l time Rctfr Pwr Board 235 Drive rating information stored on the power board is 1 Check connections between Combined Control board and Combined incompatible with rectifier application firmware or drive rating Power board If this fixes the problem use inverter Reset To Defaults information stored on the power board was corrupted or could inverter 197 and rectifier Reset To Defaults rectifier 197 to reset all not be read by rectifier firmware drive parameters to defaults then reconfigure drive as necessary 2 Load updated drive rating information onto rectifier 3 Load updated rectifier application firmware 4 Replace power board Rctfr Unk 10 245 The 1 0 board is of a type that is unknown to the rectifier 1 Verify that 1 0 Board ID Voltage rectifier 354 is correct for this type of 1 0 firmware If fault is cleared analog inputs and outputs are board unusable 2 If ID voltage is not correct then replace 1 0 board If ID voltage is still not correct then replace control board 3 If ID voltage is correct verify that current rectifier application firmware version can use this type of 1 0 board If not then update rectifier application firmware Reactor Temp 214 Temperature switch in reactor opened Check for proper temperature and fan operation Replaced MCB PB 107 Q Control board or power board was replaced 1 Restore inverter defaults inverter parameter 197 This fault can be cleared by writi
228. l running signal to return to a usable level while the drive is running If a lost analog signal is restored while the drive is running the drive ramps to the restored reference level at the rate specified in Accel Time 1 140 Accel Time 2 141 Decel Time 1 142 and Decel Time 2 143 Be aware that an abrupt speed change may occur depending upon the new reference level and the rate specified in these parameters Failure to observe this precaution could result in bodily injury ATTENTION Setting parameter 324 to a value greater than 1 allows the input IMPORTANT Note that there is no signal loss detection while the input is in bipolar voltage mode 325 Analog In 2 Hi Range 4 000 20 000 mA 0 001 mA 10 000V 0 1V 0 0 10 000V 0 1V Default 10V Access 0 Path Inputs amp Outputs gt Analog Inputs See also 91 92 320 326 327 Sets the highest value to the user configurable analog input 2 scaling block See AC Line I O Board Description Frame 3 Only on page 25 through Combined I O Board Description Frame 4 Only on page 29 for a description of I O hardware that is present on this drive and is controlled by the inverter 326 Analog In 2 Lo Range 4 000 20 000 mA 0 001 mA 10 000V 0 1V 0 0 10 000V 0 1V Default 0 000V Access 0 Path Inputs amp Outputs Analog Inputs See also 91 92 320 326 327 Sets the lowest input value to the user configurable analog input 2 scaling block
229. larm conditions not configured in Alarm Config 1 259 the status indicated is a Zero See Chapter 10 for more information about alarms Figure 47 Drive Alarm 1 211 NA RAS A d 0 1 Alarm Active 15 14 13 12 1110 9 817 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Inactive Nibble 4 Nibble3 Nibble2 Nibble Bit 212 Drive Alarm 2 Range See Figure 48 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Utility gt Diagnostics Utility gt Alarms See also 211 Indicates Type 2 alarm conditions that currently exist in the drive See Chapter 10 for more information about alarms Figure 48 Drive Alarm 2 212 4 S RD RN 6049 ISS SSS X X1x10 0 010 1 Alarm Active 15 14 13 12 11 10 1 0 O Alarm Inactive ii Nibble 4 Nibble 3 Nibble 2 Nibble 1 X Reserved Bit Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 121 9 213 Speed Ref Source Displays the source of the speed reference of the drive 214 Start Inhibits Displays the drive conditions currently preventing the drive from starting Figure 49 Start Inhibits 214 M QE 0 0 0 0 0 x 0 0 0
230. le 0IM LiquiFlo 2 0 AC Drive User Manual publication D2 3518 See Using the OIM on page 235 OIM LCD Hand held Cable RECBL LCD N A OIM Door mount Bezel Kit REBZL N1 MD60 MD65 Door Mount NEMA 1 OIM Bezel Kit MDI Instruction Manual publication D2 3517 Serial Converter with VS Utilities Software RECOMM 232 VS Utilities Getting Results Manual Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 publication D2 3488 33 Chapter 2 Notes 34 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 General Requirements for the Installation Site Chapter 3 Planning the Installation This chapter provides information for planning a LiquiFlo 2 0 drive installation and operation of this equipment and the hazards involved should install adjust operate or service this equipment Read and understand this manual and other applicable manuals in their entirety before proceeding Failure to observe this precaution could result in severe bodily injury or loss of life ATTENTION Only qualified electrical personnel familiar with the construction ATTENTION Use of power factor correction capacitors on the output of the drive can result in erratic operation of the motor nuisance tripping and or permanent damage to the drive Remove power factor correction capacitors before proceeding Failure to observe this precaution could result in damage to or destruction of the equipment ATTENTION You are responsible for con
231. lemented Failure to observe this precaution could result in bodily injury ATTENTION You must provide an external hardwired emergency stop circuit Depending on the requirements of the application the LiquiFlo 2 0 drive can be programmed to provide either a coast to rest or a ramp to rest operational stop without physical separation of the power source from the motor coast to rest stop turns off the gate drive to the IGBT power devices Aramp to rest stop continues to fire the IGBT power devices in a controlled manner until the motor comes to a stop and then turns off the power devices You can also program zero speed with power maintained to the motor but in this condition the drive is not actually stopped In addition to the operational stop the LiquiFlo 2 0 power module provides a hardwired gate kill This function provides a two wire emergency stop circuit that does not depend on software or on the transmission of commands over a communications network When the two wire circuit is opened the gate drive to the IGBTs is removed In Frame 3 the gate kill function is provided by a two position terminal block A33 located on the power module See Figure 18 for gate kill connections in Frame 4 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 3 Figure 18 Frame 4 Combined 1 0 partial view with Gate Kill Connections
232. lication D2 3518 3 May 2013 13 Chapter 2 LiquiFlo 2 0 Drive Component LiquiFlo 2 0 AC drives include a drive section and a power module section The Locations components are listed and illustrated below Drive Components Locations Frame 3 Frame 3 Units 180264 A0x The drive section contains the following main components The numbered items listed below correspond to the numbers used in Figure 2 Replacement parts are listed in Chapter 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Contactor 3 with Surge Suppressor Terminal Block 6 position Precharge Resistors 3 Power Module Assembly Power Module Nameplate Fuse Block 30 A 600V Class CC 3 Line Fuse Class CC 600V 1 A Fuse Class CC 600V 20 A Line Sync PC Board Assembly Line Sync Board Cover 115V Fan 6 in diameter 2 Capacitor Guard Panel not shown Capacitor Bank Assembly Fuse Block 30 A 600V Class CC Fuse Class CC 600V 5 A Fuse Class CC 600V 25 A Fuse Holder 600V 30 A Fuse Class RK5 600V 15 A Transformer 5 kVA Resistor 100 kOhm 50 W Operating Mechanism Complete Kit Main Input Circuit Breaker Ground Lug 2 600 MCM 115V Fan 5 sq Air Filter Floor Mounting Kit 3 Surge Suppressor Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 2 Figure 2 Drive Components Frame 3 L1 L2 L3
233. line sync board with fuse AC Line 1 0 board and rectifier control board Analog In Loss 29 Auser configurable analog input is configured to faulton 1 Check parameters signal loss A signal loss has occurred 2 Check for broken loose connections at inputs Configure with inverter Analog In 1 2 Loss 324 327 Auto Rstrt Tries 33 Drive unsuccessfully attempted to reset a fault and resume Correct the cause of the fault and manually clear running for the programmed number of inverter Auto Rstrt Tries 174 Enable disable with inverter Fault Config 1 238 AutoTune Aborted 80 Youcanceled the autotune procedure Restart procedure Auxiliary Input 2 Auser configurable digital input is configured to Aux 1 Check digital wiring Fault and the input is open 2 Configure the digital input to something else with inverter Digital In Sel parameter 361 366 CarrierSync Lost 247 Rectifier could not maintain carrier synchronization to 1 Set inverter PWM Frequency inverter 151 to 4 KHz inverter 2 Check cabling between two control boards Configure with rectifier Fault Config rectifier 238 3 Replace rectifier control board 4 Replace inverter control board Current Fbk Lost 35 The magnitude of motor current feedback was less than 1 If motor current rating is significantly less than drive output rating it may be 596 of inverter Motor NP FLA 42 for the time configured necessary to disable this fault
234. lized to 100 0 for 100 of rectifier rating 151 Current Limit Range 0 32767 Default Read Only Access 0 Path Internal Data gt Normalized Amps See also Displays the value of the current limit normalized to 4096 for rated current 152 Life KWH Range 0 0 429496729 5 kWh Default Read Only Access 0 Path Internal Data gt Total Elapsed See also Displays the KWH accumulated over the life of the product Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 177 Chapter 9 178 153 LifeRunTime 0 0000 to 429496 7295 hours Default Read Only Access 0 Path Internal Data gt Total Elapsed See also Displays the run time accumulated over the life of the product 154 Life Power Time Range 0 0000 429496 7295 hours Default Read Only Access 0 Path Internal Data gt Total Elapsed See also Displays the time that power was applied to the drive 155 Life Power Cycle Range 0 4294967295 Default Read Only Access 0 Path Internal Data gt Total Elapsed See also Displays the accumulated number of times power was cycled over the life of the product 156 DPI Error Range 0 255 Default Read Only Access 0 Path Internal Data gt DPI Counters See also Increments when there is a DPI error 157 Msg Rx Cnt Range 0 65535 Default Read Only Access 0 Path Internal Data gt Counters See also Increments when a DPI client s
235. low Access 1 Path Monitor gt Application See also 342 343 344 The value entered into this parameter is output on the analog output when it is configured for Application control See parameter Analog Out Sel 342 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 75 Chapter 9 76 The usable range and default for this parameter depends on the operational mode of the analog output which in turn depends both on the capabilities of the analog output hardware and the current value of parameter Analog Out Config 340 Table 6 describes the details for usable range and default Table 6 Appl Analog Output 31 usable range and default Mode Usable Range Default 0 10V unipolar 0 000 10 000V 0 000V 10 10V bipolar 10 000 10 000V 0 000V 4 20 mA 0 000 20 000 mA 0 000 mA The value in the Default column of Table 6 is in effect when the drive powers up This parameter value is not stored in non volatile memory For frame 3 drives firmware version 1 the user configurable analog output hardware is located on the optional Standard I O Board This parameter is not usable if the optional Standard I O Board is not present See Standard I O Board Description Frame 3 Only on page 27 for terminal block assignments For frame 4 drives firmware version 2 the user configurable analog output hardware is located on the Combined I O Board See Combined I O Board Description Frame 4 Onl
236. lt by setting inverter Imbalance Time 50 Imbalance Time 50 Detection of this fault is disabled when to 10 0 seconds inverter Imbalance Time 50 is set to the maximum value of 2 Verify connection of current feedback device and motor terminals 10 0 seconds 3 If fault repeats replace current feedback devices and or power supply Decel Inhibit 24 The drive is not following a commanded deceleration because 1 Verify input voltage is within drive specified limits itis attempting to limit bus voltage 2 Verify system ground impedance follows proper grounding techniques Enable disable with inverter Fault Config 1 238 3 Disable bus regulation and or extend deceleration time Drive OverLoad 64 Drive output rating of Reduce load or extend inverter Accel Time 140 141 110 for 1 minute or 150 for 5 seconds has been exceeded Excessive Load 79 Motor did not come up to speed in the allotted time 1 Uncouple load from motor 2 Repeat Autotune inverter 61 FluxAmpsRef Rang 78 The value for flux amps determined by the autotune procedure 1 Reprogram inverter Motor NP FLA 42 with the correct motor nameplate exceeds the programmed inverter Motor NP FLA 42 value 2 Repeat Autotune inverter 61 Ground Fault 13 A current path to earth ground in excess of 50 of drive rated Check the motor and external wiring to the drive output terminals for a amps has been detected at one or more of the drive output grounded condit
237. m value of 305V DC Monitor the incoming AC line for low voltage or power interruption Enable disable with inverter Fault Config 1 238 UserSet1 Chksum 101 The checksum read from the user set does not match the Re save user set using inverter Save To User Set 199 checksum calculated UserSet2 Chksum 102 These faults can be cleared by writing a nonzero value to UserSet3 Chksum 103 inverter Save To User Set 199 Frame 4 Fault Descriptions and Corrective Actions Table describes drive faults and corrective actions for Frame 4 firmware version 2 x only It also indicates if the fault is Auto resettable and can also be reset using normal fault clearing mechanisms Non resettable User configurable and can be reset using normal fault clearing mechanisms Normal fault fault is resettable using normal fault clearing mechanisms on the drive Stop Reset button powercycling etc or through VS Utilities 208 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Table 22 Fault Descriptions and Corrective Actions Frame 4 Chapter 10 Fault amp Description Action z AC Line Lost 27 Input power Lost rectifier Ride Through Ena 64 is set to 1 Verify proper input voltage Disabled 2 Use rectifier parameters Line Frequency 1 Input Voltage RS 7 Input Voltage ST 8 Input Voltage TR 9 to verify that drive c
238. meter Type How to Adjust Numbered List Use up down arrow keys to advance through the list of options Bit Use 4 gt to move the cursor to the bit location you want to change Use to change the value of the bit Numeric Use to increase or decrease the value Or Use 4 gt to move the cursor from digit to digit and use to increase or decrease the value of the digit Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 241 Appendix Monitoring the Drive Using the Process Display Screen on the 242 To restore all parameters to their factory default values select Reset Defaults from the Memory Storage menu Note that the parameter values are retained through a line dip or power shutdown Loading and Saving User Sets Drive configurations called user sets can be saved and recalled for use at any time Up to three user sets can be saved in the LiquiFlo drive save the current drive configuration select Save to User Set from the Memory Storage menu To recall or load a user set select Load Frm Usr Set from the Memory Storage menu To identify which user set is active select Active User Set from the Memory Storage menu The name of the last user set to be loaded into the drive is displayed Active Set means factory defaults have been restored The process display screen enables you to monitor up to three process variables You can select the display parameter scale and
239. mmands reverse direction Table 30 Stopping the Drive Results in a Decel Inhibit Fault Indication Cause s Corrective Action Decel Inhibit fault screen The bus regulation feature is enabled and is halting deceleration 1 Reprogram bus regulation parameters 161 and 162 to eliminate any LCD status line indicates Faulted due to excessive bus voltage Excess bus voltage is normally due to excessive regenerated energy or unstable AC line input voltages Internal timer has halted drive operation Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Adjust Freq selection 2 Disable bus regulation parameters 161 and 162 and add a dynamic brake Correct AC input line instability or add an isolation transformer 4 Reset drive w 217 Chapter 10 Replacement Parts Table 31 through Table 34 list the available replacement parts Replacement Parts Frame 3 Drive Table 31 LiquiFlo 2 0 Drive Replacement Parts Frame 3 Only Description Part Number Kit Number Quantity Frame 3AA Frame 3 180264 A03 180264 A06 AC Contactor 140 A 120 V 100 140D11 3 3 AC Contactor surge suppresor 110V 127V 100 DFSC110 3 3 Capacitor Bank Assembly 21T LCL CB9 1 21T LCL CB7 1 Line Sync PC Board Assembly 211 180043 1 1 Line Sync Board Cover 211 179723 1 1 Fuse Block 30 600 V Class CC 2 Line 49454 19B 1 1 Fuse Block 30 A
240. mpensation or bus regulation Remove excessive load or overhauling conditions or increase inverter Overspeed have attempted to add an output frequency adjustment Limit 83 greater than that programmed in inverter Overspeed Limit 83 OverVoltage 5 DCbus voltage exceeded maximum value Monitor the AC line for high line voltage or transient conditions Bus overvoltage can also be caused by motor regeneration Extend the decel time Parameter Chksum 100 The calculated checksum does not match the stored 1 Restore inverter defaults using inverter Reset To Defaults parameter 197 checksum for inverter parameter values read from 2 Reload user set if used or reprogram inverter parameters non volatile memory on the inverter control board 3 Iffault recurs replace inverter control board This fault can be cleared by writing a nonzero value to inverter Reset To Defaults parameter 197 Params Defaulted 48 The drive was commanded to write default values to all 1 Clear the fault or cycle power to the drive inverter parameters 2 Program the drive parameters as needed Phase U to Grnd 38 Aphase to ground fault has been detected between the 1 Check the wiring between the drive and motor drive and motor in this phase 2 Check motor for grounded phase Phase V to Grnd 39 Phase W to Grnd 40 Phase UV Short 41 Excessive current has been detected between these two 1 Check the motor and drive output terminal wiring for
241. n 14 1133 12 0 0 0 No Command Man Mode 0 0 1 Ref A Auto 0 1 0 Preset 2 Auto 0 1 1 Preset 3 Auto 1 0 0 Preset 4 Auto 1 0 1 Preset 5 Auto 1 1 0 Preset 6 Auto 1 1 1 Preset 7 Auto 132 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 272 Drive Ref RsIt Range 32767 1 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Communication gt Comm Control See also Present frequency reference scaled as a DPI reference for peer to peer communications The value shown is the output prior to the accel decel ramp and any corrections supplied by slip comp PI etc 273 Drive Ramp Rslt Range 32767 1 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Communication Comm Control See also Present frequency reference scaled as a DPI reference for peer to peer communications The value shown is the value after the accel decel ramp but prior to any corrections supplied by slip comp PI etc 276 Logic Mask o Range See Figure 60 Default See Figure 60 Access 1 Path Communication Masks amp Owners See also 288 297 Enables and disables control of the drive by particular DPI devices or the digital inputs Figure 60 Logic Mask 276 S S 01010101110 1 Control Enabled 15 141312111109 81765413210 Disabled ig Nibble 4 Nibble 3 Nibble2 Nibble X Reserved Bit F
242. n about parameter access levels Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 197 Resetto Defalts Writing 1 to this parameter resets the rectifier to factory default values After a Reset to Defaults operation is performed the value of this parameter reverts back to 0 for Ready 198 Load Frm Usr Set This parameter is not used in the Liquiflo 2 0 rectifier 199 Save to User Set This parameter is not used in the Liquiflo 2 0 rectifier 200 Reset Meters Writing 1 to this parameter resets the rectifier elapsed data parameters After a Reset Meters operation is completed the value of this parameter reverts back to 0 for Ready Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 181 9 182 201 Language This parameter is not used in the Liquiflo 2 0 rectifier 203 Drive Checksum This parameter is not used in the Liquiflo 2 0 rectifier 211 Drive Alarm Reserved for future alarms 214 Start Inhibits Reserved for inhibit bits 216 Dig In Status Displays status of the rectifier digital inputs See AC Line I O Board Description Frame 3 Only on page 25 through Combined I O Board Description Frame 4 Only on page 29 for a description of I O hardware that is present on this drive and is controlled by the rectifier Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 Frame 3 drives firmware ve
243. nd application material are capable of safe operation at the maximum operating speed of the drive Overspeed detection in the drive determines when the drive shuts down See Figure 38 Failure to observe this precaution could result in bodily injury ATTENTION You are responsible for ensuring that driven machinery all drive 88 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 83 Overspeed Limit 0 0 20 0Hz 0 1 Hz Default 10 0 Hz Access 1 Path Speed Command gt Spd Mode amp Limits See also 55 82 Sets the incremental amount of the output frequency above Maximum Speed allowable for functions such as slip compensation See Figure 38 Maximum Speed Overspeed Limit must be lt Maximum Frequency Figure 38 Speed Limits Allowable Output Frequency Range Bus Regulation or Current Limit I Allowable Output Frequency Range gt Normal Operation l Allowable Reference Frequency Range gt Max Volts Motor Volts 1 Frequency due to Overspeed 9 x Speed Control Mode Limit gt lt Break Volts gt Start Boost Run i 0 Min Break Motor Max Output Speed Frequency Hz Speed Freq Limit Freq Frequency 84 Skip Frequency 1 85 Skip Frequency 2 86 Skip Frequency 3 Range 250 0 0 1 Hz Default 0 0 Hz Access 1 Path Speed Command
244. nditions that may affect drive operation or application performance There are two alarm types as described in Table 18 198 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 10 Table 18 Types of Alarms Type Alarm Description User configurable These alarms alert the operator of conditions that if left untreated may lead to a fault condition The drive continues to operate during the alarm condition The alarms are enabled or disabled using inverter Alarm Config 1 259 The status of these alarms is shown in inverter Drive Alarm 1 211 Non configurable These alarms alert the operator of conditions caused by improper programming and prevent the drive from starting until the problem is resolved These alarms are always enabled The status of these alarms is shown in inverter Drive Alarm 2 212 The drive indicates alarm conditions in the following ways Status LEDs see Determining Drive Status Using the Status LEDs on page 196 Alarm name and bell graphic on the OIM see Appendix B The alarm is displayed as long as the condition exists The drive automatically clears the alarm when the condition causing it is removed The OIM only displays alarm names for type 2 alarms not for type 1 alarms The bell graphic appears for both type and type 2 alarms Alarm status parameters Two 16 bit inverter parameters Drive Alarm 1 211 and Drive Alarm 2 212 indicate the status of type 1 and
245. ng a nonzero value to inverter 2 Reprogram parameters Reset To Defaults parameter 197 Ride Thru Abort 21 Input power loss timed out rectifier Ride Through Ena 1 Verify input power and connections rectifier 64 is set to Enabled 2 Check 1 0 board Shear Pin 63 Programmed inverter Current Lmt Val 148 has been Check load requirements and inverter Current Lmt Val 148 setting exceeded Enabled disable with inverter Fault Config 1 238 SW OverCurrent 36 The drive output current has exceeded the software current Check for excess load improper DC boost setting DC brake volts set too high limit UnderVoltage 4 DC bus voltage fell below the minimum value of 305V DC Monitor the incoming AC line for low voltage or power interruption input Enable disable with inverter Fault Config 1 238 UserSet1 Chksum 101 Q The checksum read from the user set does not match the Re save user set using inverter Save To User Set 199 checksum calculated UserSet2 Chksum 102 These faults can be cleared by writing a nonzero value to UserSet3 Chksum 103 Q inverter Save To User Set 199 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 213 Chapter 10 Table 23 Fault Names Cross Referenced by Fault Number
246. o enable deceleration rate changes on the fly using a building automation system command or digital input if configured 146 S Curve Range 0 100 1 Default 0 Access 0 Path Dynamic Control gt Ramp Rates Seealso 140 143 Sets the percentage of acceleration or deceleration time that is applied to the ramp as S Curve Time is added 1 2 at the beginning and 1 2 at the end of the ramp 147 Current Lmt Sel Range 0 Curr Lim Val 1 Analog In 1 2 Analog In 2 Default 0 Cur Lim Val Access 0 Path Dynamic Control Load Limits See also 148 149 Selects the source for the adjustment of current limit parameter analog input etc 148 Current Lmt Val Range Based on Drive Type 0 1 A Default Based on Drive Type approximately 15096 Access 0 Path Dynamic Control gt Load Limits See also 147 149 Defines the RMS current limit value when Current Lmt Sel 147 Cur Lim Val Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 A f 149 Current Lmt Gain Sets the responsiveness of the current limit 150 Drive OL Mode Selects the drive response to increasing drive temperature 151 Frequency Sets the carrier frequency for the PWM output Drive derating may occur at higher carrier frequencies For derating information see Appendix A If the Carrier Sync Lost fault fault 247 is enabled using rectifier Fault Config re
247. oard unexpected fault 2 If fault persists replace power board 3 If fault still persists replace control board Invtr Offset U V W 18 An inverter current feedback offset calculated at drive start was Check inverter current feedback signal path 19 out of range 20 Invtr IGBT Temp 9 Calculated inverter IGBT junction temperature has exceeded its Check for proper temperature and flow rate of coolant rated maximum See inverter diagnostic parameter 2 IGBT Junct Temp Invtr Over Cur U V 203 High current was detected in an IGBT 1 Verify proper motor data is entered W 204 2 Reduce current limit 205 Invtr Unk IO Brd 123 Thel 0 board is of a type that is unknown to the inverter 1 Verify the 1 0 Board ID Voltage 354 is correct for this type of 1 0 board firmware If fault is cleared analog inputs and outputs are 2 IfID voltage is not correct then replace 1 0 board If ID Voltage still isn t unusable correct then replace control board 3 If ID voltage is correct verify that current inverter application firmware version can use this type of 1 0 board If not then update inverter application firmware IR Volts Range 7 The drive autotuning default is Calculate and the value Re enter motor nameplate data calculated for IR Drop Volts is not in the range of acceptable values 210 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Table 22 Fault Descriptions and Corrective Actions Frame 4 Con
248. ode displayed on the inverter Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 207 Chapter 10 Table 21 Fault Descriptions and Corrective Actions Frame 3 Continued Fault amp Description Action Rctfr Over Cur R S T 211 Rectifier overcurrent 1 High line current be caused by high load current Verify that rectifier 212 See description of rectifier IOC Redir Time 300 and 10C overcurrent was not caused by sudden increase in motor inverter current 713 Redir 301 for discussion of alternative reporting of 2 Low input voltage can result in increased current load Provide proper input rectifier instantaneous overcurrent 100 faults voltage to the drive 3 events such as short duration shorts the nearby grid cause sudden line current increases Verify that such events have not occurred 4 Verify proper motor data is entered on inverter 5 Reduce rectifier current limit using rectifier Current Limit parameter 105 Rctfr Over Volt 224 The DC bus voltage is too high Monitor the AC line for high line voltage or transient conditions Bus overvoltage can also be caused by motor regeneration Extend the time Rctfr Pwr Board 235 Drive rating information stored on the rectifier power 1 Check connections between rectifier control board and rectifier power interface board is incompatible with rectifier
249. odule temperature is displayed as x x degrees C 19 RctfrIGBT Temp Range 20 0 120 0 C 0 1 C Default Read Only Access 0 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The calculated rectifier IGBT junction temperature is displayed as x x degrees C 20 Rctfr IT Overld Range 0 0 100 0 0 1 Default Read Only Access 0 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The rectifier IT overload calculation is displayed as x x where the value of 100 0 is the point where the Rectifier IT Overload fault fault 219 is generated 21 12T Overld Range 0 0 100 0 0 1 Default Read Only Access 0 Path Monitor gt Metering See also 106 The rectifier overload is displayed as x x where the value of 100 0 is the point where the rectifier I2T overload fault fault 220 is generated Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 22 Linel Imbalance Range 0 0 100 0 0 1 Default Read Only Access 0 Path Monitor gt Metering See also 2 3 4 62 63 The imbalance in input phase current is displayed as The imbalance in amps is calculated as the larger of largest phase current average phase current or average phase current smallest phase current The imbalance in percent is calculated as Imbalance in amps average phase current x 100 23 _ Line V Imbalance Range 0 0 100 0 0 1 Default Read Only Access 0 Path Monitor gt M
250. of the power module Power ratings are provided in Table 2 Figure 8 Identifying the Power Module Model Number LF20 0608CC R LF20 LiquiFlo 2 0 Continuous Ampere Rating and Frame Size 0460AA 405 amps frame 2AA 0608CC 608 amps frame 2CC 0900CC 900 amps frame 4AA 1215CC z 1215 amps frame 4CC Cooling Method refrigerant water 460 A with refrigerant 405 A with water as coolant Table 2 Drive Assembly and Power Module Ratings Drive Assembly ID Power Module Enclosure Input InputVoltage Input Output Number Model Number Rating Power Current Current KVA Amps at2 kHz Amps 180264 A03 LF200460AAR NEMA 1 337 480 H10 405 405 180264 A06 LF200608CCR 505 608 608 180580 A07 LF200900CCR 673 900 900 180580 A09 7 LF201215CCR 1010 1215 1215 1 No overload rating for 180580 A09 100 output current capability 2 460 A with refrigerant 405 A with water as coolant 3 110 output current capability for one minute 150 output current capability for 5 sec Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 2 AC Line 0 Board Description The following signals are available at the AC Line I O board terminal block The Frame 3 Only AC Line I O board is labeled as item 21 in Figure 4 See Figure 9 for terminal identification Digital Inputs The AC Line I O board terminal block provides terminals for four digital in
251. of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of Rockwell Automation Inc is prohibited Throughout this manual when necessary we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations WARNING Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss ATTENTION Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you identify a hazard avoid a hazard and recognize the consequence SHOCK HAZARD Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a drive or motor to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present BURN HAZARD Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a drive or motor to alert people that surfaces may reach dangerous temperatures ARC FLASH HAZARD Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a motor control center to alert people to potential Arc Flash Arc Flash will cause severe injury or death Wear proper Personal Protective Equipment PPE Follow ALL Regulatory requirements for safe work practices and for Personal Protective Equipment PPE gt gt gt gt IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product Allen Bradley Rockwell Software Rockwell Automati
252. oint during this procedure then the new inverter power interface board is incompatible with the older inverter control board Replace the older inverter control board 1 Verify that inverter power interface board data is correct by checking inverter read only parameter 28 Rated Amps against correct drive output current rating 2 Reset all inverter parameters to defaults by setting inverter parameter 197 Reset to Defalts to 1 The value of parameter 197 Reset to Defalts returns to 0 immediately after 1 is written to memory This action should clear faults 100 Parameter Checksum and 107 Replaced 3 The reset to defaults operation normally causes drive fault 48 Params Defaulted to occur This fault is for information only and should be cleared See Clearing Drive Faults on page 222 If drive is still faulted after this attempt is made troubleshoot on the basis of the current fault 4 Reprogram all drive parameters Rectifier Control Board IMPORTANT If drive fault 235 Rctfr Pwr Board occurs after replacing board or at any other point during this procedure then the new rectifier control board is incompatible with the older rectifier power interface board or the data stored on the old rectifier power interface board has become corrupt Replace the older rectifier power interface board 1 Reset all rectifier parameters to defaults by setting rectifier parameter 197 Reset to Defalts to 1 The value of paramet
253. omation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 27 Chapter 2 28 Analog Outputs The single analog output channel can be configured using Analog Out Config 340 and Analog Out1 Sel 342 to select any one of 31 analog outputs Terminals 8 and 9 output 4 20 mA Terminals 6 and 7 output 0 10 V Figure 10 Standard 1 0 Board Frame 3 17 18 19 20121 22 23 24 25 26 a 29 30 31 32 If 12 n n tae WBN 2 4 5 6 ANALOG INPUTS VOLTAGE REFERENCE SERE LOGIC INPUTS 1 23 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 V2 2 POT If NC COM NO COM ANALOG INPUTS ANALOG OUTPUTS LOGIC OUTPUTS Standard 1 0 Terminal Block Detail 3 288520004002002400 gil 6 li 08 a H n Standard 1 0 e p Terminal Block t S SE gt o P di p i 9 i Lh 24 909 HB ee ERA 6 t J 0T 8 coxa Q3 x 24 VOLT AC DC lt 024 028 U29 gt 1 C79 d C82 C83 S q5 11 D tt C77 m m a C75 p H81 R82 R84 R85 R86 e 9 e 1 p Qe o
254. omation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 About Parameters Chapter 8 Programming Basics To program the drive for a specific application you adjust the appropriate prog parameters The parameters used to define characteristics of the drive This chapter provides an overview of parameter types and how they are organized Parameter descriptions are provided in Chapter 9 There are three types of parameters Numbered List Parameters Numbered list parameters allow a selection from two or more options The OIM displays a text message for each item Example inverter Speed Ref A Sel 90 Bit Parameters Bit parameters have individual bits associated with features or conditions e Ifthe bit is 0 the feature is off or the condition is false e Ifthe bit is 1 the feature is on or the condition is true Example inverter Drive Status 1 209 Numeric Parameters These parameters have a single numerical value for example 0 1 V Example inverter Maximum Freq 55 Parameters are also either configurable tunable or read only Configurable Parameters Can be adjusted or changed only while the drive is stopped Tunable Parameters Can be adjusted or changed while the drive is running or stopped Read only Parameters Cannot be adjusted Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 55 Chapter 8 How Parameters Organized
255. on and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies Summary of Changes This manual contains new and updated information New and Updated This table contains the major changes made to this revision Information Added Motor Overload Protection specification 234 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 3 Summary of Changes Notes 4 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Summary of Changes Introduction About the Drive Table of Contents New and Updated Information inci ad 3 Chapter 1 Firmware Versions Se nies dot 6 Manual Conventions dae 7 Getting Assistance from Rockwell 7 AdditonabResottees oo S uia er EAS Soda s 7 Chapter 2 Identifying the Drive by Cabinet Assembly ID Number 9 LiquiFlo 2 0 Drive Component 10 Drive Components Locations Frame 3 10 Power Module Components Locations Frame 3 12 Drive Components Locations Frame 4 15 Power Module Components Locations Frame 4 17 Identifying the Power Module by Model Number 20 AC Line I O Board Description Frame 3 Only 21 Digital Inp
256. on D2 3518 3 May 2013 49 Chapter 5 stalling Wiring from the Use the following steps to connect the AC output power wiring from the power module to the motor Power Module Output Terminals to the Motor IMPORTANT Thetotal motor lead length must not exceed 76 m 250 ft See Table 5 for recommended minimum motor lead wire sizes 1 Turn off lock out and tag the input power to the drive Wait 5 minutes 2 Remove the input wiring panel and drill the required number of openings for the wiring See Figure 14 on page 37 and Figure 16 on page 39 3 Connect the three phase AC output power motor leads to the power module busbars labeled U V and W See Figure 15 on page 38 and Figure 17 on page 40 4 Tighten the three phase AC output power terminals Frame 3 MIO Class 8 8 or 3 8 in Grade 5 fastener Tighten to 40Nem 30 Ibeft Frame M12 Class 8 8 or 1 2 in Grade 5 fastener Tighten to 100Nem 75 Table 5 Recommended Minimum Motor Lead Wire Size Power Module Model Number Minimum Motor Lead Wire Size LF200460AAR 2 2 0 AWG LF200608CCR 2x250 MCM LF200900CCR 4x250 MCM LF201215CCR 4x 250 MCM 1 Motor lead wiring must comply with all local and national codes 50 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Checking the Installation Chapter 6 Completing the Installation This chapter provides instructions on how to perform a final check of
257. onditions for operating personnel by providing suitable guards audible or visual alarms or other devices to indicate that the drive is operating or may operate at or near zero speed Failure to observe this precaution could result in severe bodily injury or loss of life ATTENTION Do not install modification kits with power applied to the drive Disconnect and lock out incoming power before attempting such installation or removal Failure to observe this precaution could result in severe bodily injury or loss of life ATTENTION You must provide an external hardwired emergency stop circuit outside of the drive circuitry This circuit must disable the system in case of improper operation Uncontrolled machine operation may result if this procedure is not followed Failure to observe this precaution could result in bodily injury gt gt gt Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 9 Chapter 1 Firmware Versions 10 ATTENTION The drive contains ESD Electrostatic Discharge sensitive parts and assemblies Static control precautions are required when installing testing servicing or repairing the drive Erratic machine operation and damage to or destruction of equipment can result if this procedure is not followed Failure to observe this precaution can result in bodily injury ATTENTION You are responsible for conforming with all applicable local national and international codes Failure to observe this prec
258. ontrol gt Power Loss See also 184 238 Sets the time that the inverter remains in its power loss state before the Power Loss fault fault 3 is issued If the Power Loss fault is not enabled using the inverter Fault Config 1 parameter 238 the value of Power Loss Time 185 has no effect on the detection of or response to a power loss condition 186 Power Loss Level Range 0 0 999 9 0 1V DC Default 0 0V DC Access 1 Path Dynamic Control gt Power Loss See also 184 361 366 When set to a non zero value selects the change in DC Bus Voltage level at which the Power Loss occurs This value of this parameter is ignored unless one of the digital inputs is configured to the Pwr Loss Lvl function using the inverter Digital Inx Sel parameters 361 366 In Liquiflo 2 0 drives this parameter should not be changed from its default and the digital inputs should not be configured to the Pwr Loss Lvl function 190 Direction Mode Co Range 0 Unipolar 1 Bipolar 2 Reverse Dis Default 2 Reverse Dis Access 0 Path Utility gt Direction Config See also 320 327 361 366 Selects the source for control of drive direction direction Verify driven machinery cannot be damaged by reverse rotation before changing the setting of this parameter to 0 or 1 Failure to observe this precaution could result in damage to or destruction of equipment ATTENTION Setting parameter 190 to 0 or 1 may cause unw
259. otor Failure to observe this precaution could result in severe bodily injury or loss of life ATTENTION This feature should not be used with synchronous or permanent magnet motors Motors may be demagnetized during braking Failure to observe this precaution could result in damage to or destruction of the equipment 159 DC Brake Time Range 0 0 90 0 sec 0 1 sec Default 0 0 sec Access 0 Path Dynamic Control gt Stop Brake Modes See also 155 158 Sets the amount of time DC brake current is injected into the motor 106 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 160 Bus Reg Ki Range 0 5000 1 Default 450 Access 1 Path Dynamic Control gt Stop Brake Modes See also 161 162 Sets the responsiveness of the bus regulator 161 Bus Reg Mode A 162 Bus Reg Mode B CoO Range 0 Disabled 1 Adjust Freq 2 Dynamic Brak 3 Both DB 1st 4 Both 1st Default Mode A 0 Disabled Mode B 0 Disabled Access 0 Path Dynamic Control gt Stop Brake Modes See also 160 163 361 366 Sets the method and sequence of the DC bus regulator voltage Choices are dynamic brake frequency adjust or both Sequence is determined by programming or digital input to the terminal block Ifa dynamic brake resistor is connected to the drive Bus Reg Mode A and Bus Reg Mode B must be set to option 2 3 or 4 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 107
260. ottom inverter IGBT power module in degrees C This parameter is only present on Frame 4 drives All such drives should have firmware version numbers in the 2 x series 349 InvColdplt Tmp Range 32768 3276 7 C Default Read Only Access 1 Path Inputs amp Outputs gt Temperature etc See also Displays the measured inverter coldplate temperature in degrees C This parameter is only usable if a coldplate temperature sensor is installed in the drive This parameter is only present on Frame 4 drives All such drives should have firmware version numbers in the 2 x series 350 Inv Ambient Tmp Range 3276 8 32767 C Default Read Only Access 1 Path Inputs amp Outputs gt Temperature etc See also Displays the measured ambient temperature of the drive in degrees C This parameter is only present on Frame 4 drives All such drives should have firmware version numbers in the 2 x series 351 5 Range 3276 8 3276 7 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Inputs amp Outputs gt Temperature etc See also Displays the measured drive power supply temperature in degrees C This parameter is only present on Frame 4 drives All such drives should have firmware version numbers in the 2 x series Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 352 InvPS 12 Range 3276 8V 3276 7V C Default Read Only Access 1 Path Inputs amp Outputs gt Temperatu
261. ple enable inputs are configured the drive will not run if any of them are open 2 Clear Faults This function allows an external device to reset drive faults through the terminal block if clearing faults from the terminal block is enabled using the Logic Mask 276 and Fault Clr Mask 283 An open to closed transition on this input resets the current fault if any Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 153 Chapter 9 154 If this input is configured at the same time as Stop Clear Faults then only the Clear Faults input can actually cause faults to be reset 3 Aux Fault If the input is open an Auxiliary Input fault fault 2 is generated The Aux Fault Input Function is active at all times regardless of the selected logic control source IMPORTANT _ The Aux Fault input function is not intended for a fast output power kill The drive will not fault until the software detects the change of state of this input If this input function is not configured the fault will not occur 4 Stop CF Stop Clear Faults An open input always asserts stop command While the stop is asserted the drive ready status is off A closed input allows the drive to start An open to closed transition is interpreted as a clear faults request The drive clears any existing faults If Start is configured then Stop Clear Faults must also be configured to prevent a digital input configuration alarm condition Stop Clear Faults i
262. puts terminals 22 26 These digital inputs cannot be configured Digital Outputs The AC Line I O board terminal provides terminals for six digital outputs that are non user configurable terminals 5 16 and 27 32 The state of these six outputs can be changed by writing to inverter parameter Appl Digital Out 30 Digital output 1 is always connected to the shunt trip circuit do not use digital output 1 for anything else The digital output devices form C relays capable of switching 250V AC at 8 A or 30V DC at 8 A Analog Inputs The AC Line I O board contains no component hardware for user configurable analog inputs Analog Outputs The AC Line I O board terminal block provdes terminals for two special purpose analog outputs using terminals 1 2 and 17 18 These outputs are not user configurable Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 25 Chapter 2 Figure 9 AC Line 1 0 Board Frame 3 17 18 19 20 21122 25 24 25 26 27 28 29 1 30 31 32 N C LOGIC 2 3 4 NCCM NO NC COM NO DV EXV COM 5 ANALOG OUTPUT LOGIC INPUTS LOGIC OUTPUTS 1234 5 6 718 9 1011012 13 114 15 16 1f N C COM NO N C N O NC COM NO N C COM NO ANALOG C2 C2 2 3 4 OUTPUT LOGIC OUTPUTS AC Line 1 0 Terminal Block detail
263. r 10 Notes 232 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Appendix A Technical Specifications Service Conditions AC Line Distribution System Capacity maximum for 480V AC Units Control Method Symmetrical fault current capacity 85 000 A Short circuit rating if a circuit breaker is used instead of fuses 65 000 A optional 100 000 A Sinusoidal pulse width modulated PWM Displacement Power Factor 20 99 Line Frequency 50 60 Hz 2 Hz Line Voltage Variation 10 10 Motor Lead Lengths 76 m 250 ft total Remote Operator Control Wire Length Up to 1 m 3 ft from the drive Analog Speed Reference Resolution 1 4096 12 bits 0 025 Acceleration Adjustment Range 0 1 100 0 seconds within the ability of current Carrier Frequency 2 kHz 3 kHz or 4 kHz software selectable Current Limit Adjustment 25 150 of drive rated amps Service Factor 1 0 Speed Adjustable Range From 0 Hz to maximum speed Speed Regulation Motor slip dependent Speed Reference Resolution 0 01 with OIM 232767 counts with a network reference Assembly Max Air Heat Load Heat Dissipated Into Surrounding Air approx LF2 480V AC Input 405 A output approx 1800 W LF2 480V AC Input 608 A output approx 2700 W LF2 480V AC Input 900 A output approx 4000 W LF2 480V AC Input 1215 A output approx 5300 W Max Input Voltage Imbalance Environmental Conditions Condition Operat
264. r matches the DC bus voltage as measured by the rectifier visible in DC Bus Voltage 10 105 Current Limit Range Rectifier Rated Amps 4 to 150 of Rectifier Rated Amps A Default 11096 of Rectifier Rated Amps Access 0 Path Dynamic Control gt Load Limits See also The maximum RMS current the rectifier produces expressed as x x A 106 Input Load Amps Range 0 0 A to 1000 0 A Frame 3 or 1600 0 A Frame 4 0 1 A Default Rectifier Rated Amps Access 0 Path Dynamic Control gt Load Limits See also 21 Sets the 100 current level for the rectifier I2T diagnostic Overload fault fault 220 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 173 Chapter 9 174 If the input current is greater than Input Load Amps 106 then the rectifier PT overload percentage as seen in Retfr Overld rectifier parameter 21 counts up If Rctfr Overld 21 reaches 10096 the Rectfier Overload fault fault 220 occurs 107 Motor Volts Range 60 0 480 0V 0 1V AC Default 480 0 Access 0 Path Dynamic Control gt Load Limits See also 102 104 108 109 inverter 54 If Vdc Optimize 102 is set to Enabled the DC bus voltage generated by the rectifier while the rectifier or the entire drive is running is calculated based on a combination of the DC bus level necessary to provide the motor voltage required by the inverter and the measured line to line voltage of the AC line
265. re etc See also Displays the measured voltage of the 12V power supply This parameter is only present on Frame 4 drives All such drives should have firmware version numbers in the 2 x series 353 InvPS 12V Range 3276 8V 3276 7V C Default Read Only Access 1 Path Inputs amp Outputs gt Temperature etc See also Displays the measured voltage of the 12V power supply This parameter is only present on Frame 4 drives All such drives should have firmware version numbers in the 2 x series 354 Invi OIDV Range 3276 81 3276 71 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Inputs amp Outputs gt Temperature etc See also Displays the measured voltage that identifies which of Comblined board is installed This parameter is only present on Frame 4 drives All such drives should have firmware version numbers in the 2 x series Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 151 9 361 Digital In1 Sel 362 Digital In2 Sel 363 Digital In3 Sel 364 DigitalIn4 Sel 365 DigitalIn5 Sel 366 Digital In6 Sel 1 When Digital In x Sel is set to option 2 Clear Faults the stop key cannot be used to clear a fault condition 2 Typical 3 Wire Inputs These require that only 3 wire functions are chosen Including 2 wire selections causes a type 2 alarm 3 Typical 2 Wire Inputs These require that only 2 wire functions are chosen Including 3 wire selections causes a
266. resent on this drive and is controlled by the inverter 345 InvIGBT Tmp Top Range 3276 8 3276 7 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Inputs amp Outputs gt Temperature etc Seealso 346 347 348 Displays the measured temperature of the top inverter IGBT power module in degrees C This parameter is only present on Frame 4 drives All such drives should have firmware version numbers in the 2 x series 346 Inv IGBT Up Range 3276 8 3276 7 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Inputs amp Outputs gt Temperature etc Seealso 345 347 348 Displays the measured temperature of the upper inverter IGBT power module in degrees C This parameter is only present on Frame 4 drives All such drives should have firmware version numbers in the 2 x series 347 Inv IGBT Tmp Low Range 3276 8 3276 7 Default Read Only Access 1 Path Inputs amp Outputs gt Temperature etc Seealso 345 346 348 Displays the measured temperature of the lower inverter IGBT power module in degrees C Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 149 Chapter 9 150 This parameter is only present Frame 4 drives such drives should have firmware version numbers in the 2 x series 348 Inv IGBT Tmp Bot Range 3276 8 3276 7 C Default Read Only Access 1 Path Inputs amp Outputs gt Temperature etc Seealso 345 346 347 Displays the measured temperature of the b
267. rify connection between inverter control board and inverter power board unexpected fault 2 If fault persists replace inverter power board 3 If fault still persists replace inverter control board Invtr HW Unused 206 Inverter section of power structure hardware reported 1 Verify connection between inverter control board and inverter power board unexpected fault 2 If fault persists replace inverter power board 3 Iffault still persists replace inverter control board Invtr Offset 18 Aninverter current feedback offset calculated at drive start Check inverter current feedback signal path U V W 19 was out of range 20 Invtr IGBT Temp 9 Calculated inverter IGBT junction temperature has Check for proper temperature and flow rate of coolant exceeded its rated maximum See inverter diagnostic parameter 2 IGBT Junct Temp Invtr Over Cur 203 High current was detected in an IGBT 1 Verify proper motor data is entered UVW 204 2 Reduce current limit 205 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 205 Chapter 10 Table 21 Fault Descriptions and Corrective Actions Frame 3 Continued Fault amp Description Action IR Volts Range 7 The drive autotuning default is Calculate and the value Re enter motor nameplate data calculated for IR Drop Volts is not in the range of acceptable values IXo Volta
268. rive under power timer at the time of the fault The value of this timer is copied to PowerUp Marker 242 when the drive powers up The fault queue time stamp can then be compared to the value in PowerUp Marker to determine when the fault occurred relative to the last drive power up The time stamp is cleared when the fault queue is cleared See Accessing the Fault Queue on page 226 for information on accessing the fault queue using the OIM Refer to the VS Utilities Getting Results Manual publication D2 3488 for information on accessing the fault queue using VS Utilities software 202 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 10 Clearing Faults A fault condition can be cleared by the following 1 Press or any F Key to acknowledge the fault and remove the fault pop up from the OIM screen 2 Address the condition that caused the fault The cause must be corrected before the fault can be cleared 3 After corrective action has been taken clear the fault using one of the following Setting Fault Clear 240 to Clear Faults 1 Issuing a Stop Clear Faults command from the control device such as an This action only succeeds if the clear faults function for that device is enabled using the Logic Mask 276 and Fault Clr Mask 283 Resetting faults clears the faulted status indication If any fault condition still exists the fault is latched and another entry made in the fault queue
269. rmation on how to access the parameters in the drive Each parameter screen contains the following information e Parameter number e Parameter name Current parameter value and units e Parameter range Fl key defined as a toggle to enable you to view parameter s current value and the factory default value See Figure 96 and Table 37 for instructions on how to adjust the parameter values Figure 96 Adjusting Parameters Step 1 At the parameter entry screen press to highlight the parameter value The screen shown here was accessed using the Parameters gt P Numbers path Step 2 Adjust the parameter value see table B 2 and then press to save the value If you do not want to save the value press to return to the initial parameter screen You can then repeat steps 1 and 2 to change the value or press to back out of this menu The F1 key is defined as a toggle to enable you to view the 5 current value and the factory default value Parameter Parameter Name Value Units Lower limit lt gt Upper limit Jj v Parameter nnn Parameter Name Value Units Lower limit gt Upper limit Save change Don t save PROG change Parameter Parameter Name Value Units Lower limit lt gt Upper limit Table 37 Adjusting Parameters Arrow Key Functions Para
270. rness Assembly RTD Recitifier Side Wire Harness Assembly RTD Inverter Side Cable Assembly 40 Pin Combined Control PCB Assembly Combined I O PCB Assembly RS 485 Communications Assembly optional Cable Assembly 20 Pin optional Cable Mini DIN 8 Pos Male Male 1 m 3 2 6 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 21 Chapter 2 22 L Zi Wi Figure 6 Power Module Component Locations 1 0 and Control Panel Removed Frame 4 gt Figure 7 Power Module Component Locations Front Panel Removed Frame 4 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 UNDER TOP COVER Chapter 2 2 0 d e Optional VrT2 9 0 9 e Optional 16 d 2 6 WT3 0 0 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 23 Chapter 2 Identifying the Power Module by Model Number 24 Each LiquiFlo 2 0 AC power module is identified by its model number See Figure 8 This number appears on the shipping label and on the nameplate
271. rolled by the inverter Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 Figure 30 Appl Digital Output 30 Frame 3 RIES QI Vs gt KS C IS QS BSE S S SSASASASAS 5959 Oo GP S 010 1 101 010 01 01 0 1 Active 15 14 13 12 1110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Oclnactive if Nibble 4 Nibble 3 Nibble 2 Nibble 1 Reserved Bit Factory Default Bit Values Frame 4 drives firmware version 2 x only The lower byte of this parameter controls the state of the shunt trip digital output and the six application controlled digital outputs on the Combined I O board The upper byte controls the operation of the rectifier when configured for manual operation Figure 31 Appl Digital Output 30 Frame 4 010 10 0 1 Active 15 14 13 12 1110 9 8 0 0 if Nibble 4 Nibble 3 Nibble 2 Nibble 1 X Reserved Bit Powerup Default Bit Values In addition to controlling digital output 3 bit 1 is also used to force the Aux Run digital output condition to true This only occurs if the Digital Out Sel parameter for one of the user configurable digital outputs is set to Aux Run 31 ApplAnalog Out Range 32 767 32 767 0 001 mA or 0 001V frame 4 only Default See Table 6 be
272. rsion 1 x only Figure 72 Dig In Status 216 Frame 3 VY LN 5555 LES oS SKINS AI CORO 5 ZAS 2 LL Y S 75 SISA SSE CNS 01 1 10 1010 0 10 0101010 1 TInput Active 15 14 13 12111109 877 6 5 4132 1 0 O InputNotActive Nibble4 Nibble3 Nibble2 Nibble1 X Reserved Bit On the Frame 3 drive AC Line I O Digital Input 1 is used for precharge contactor feedback e 1 bit 0 indicates that all of the precharge contactors are closed 0 in bit 0 indicates that at least one of the contactors is open Also on the Frame 3 drive bit 9 indicates that AC line rotation has been determined bit 8 indicates whether the rotation is ACB not usable or ABC usable and bits 10 15 provide information about the internal state of the AC line synchronization function of the AC Line I O board Bits 10 15 are for engineering use only On the Frame 3 drive AC Line I O Digital Inputs 3 and 4 are used to select measurements to be displayed on the optional input voltage and current meters as described in Table 13 Table 13 AC Line 1 0 Digital Inputs 3 and 4 Frame 3 0 0 ww 0 1 lw Vtr 1 0 lu Vrs 1 1 lu Vrs Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 183 Chapter 9 Frame 4 drives firmware version 2 x only Figure 73 Dig In Status 216 Frame 4
273. s PO LiquiFlo 2 0 Main Menu Start Up Monitor 4 8 Highlight Start Up icon Select The Start Up menu screen contains eight selections The first seven menu items contain the most commonly used parameters associated with each function See Figure 24 Figure 24 Start Up Menu Main Menu Start Up a Intro 5 Input Motor Motor Speed Configure gt gt E Ref Setu Done Voltage Data _ Tests Limits Setup VO Configure for Enter Motor Optimize __ Set Min Max Set _ SetTBI O Alternate Nameplate Torque and Speed Stop Reference Functions Input Voltage Data Verify Direction Mode and Control Direction Conrol Source The Start up routine automates the process of entering values of selected parameters by taking you to the next parameter after you accept a parameter value As each item in the list is completed you are automatically advanced to the next step IMPORTANT Parameter values are saved as they are changed Pressing oraborting the Start up routine does not undo the changes Exiting Before Completing To exit the Start up routines press the F4 key Exit When you select the Start up icon from the main menu again you are prompted to either continue or the Sta rt Up Routines restart the Start up routines If you select Continue you are returned to the point at which you exited 54 Rockwell Aut
274. s configured and open If one or both of these input functions are assigned to more than one physical digital input at a time a digital input configuration alarm is asserted Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 10 Jog An open to closed transition this input while the drive is stopped causes the drive to start jog in the current direction When the input opens while the drive is running jogging the drive stops jogging the drive switches from jog mode to run mode The drive does not stop but may change speed and or change direction Failure to observe this precaution could result in severe bodily injury or loss of life ATTENTION If a normal drive start command is received while the drive is The drive does not jog while running or while the Stop Clear Faults input is open Start has precedence over jog 11 and 12 Jog Forward and Jog Reverse An open to closed transition on one or both inputs while the drive is stopped causes the drive to jog unless the Stop Clear Faults input function is configured and open Table 11 describes the actions taken by the drive in response to various states of these input functions Table 11 Drive Response to Jog Forward and Jog Reverse Inputs Jog Jog Drive Response Forward Reverse Open Open Drive will stop if already jogging but can be started by other means Open Closed Drive jogs in reverse direction Closed Open Drive jogs in
275. s device data table 316 317 Data Out D1 Link D Word 1 Data Out D2 Link D Word 2 Range 0 387 1 Default 316 33 317 218 Access 1 Path Communication gt Datalinks See also Parameter number whose value is written to a communications device data table IMPORTANT In Liquiflo 2 0 drives datalink D is used for inverter rectifier communication Do not change these two parameters 320 Config Range See Figure 64 Default See Figure 64 Access 0 Path Inputs amp Outputs gt Analog Inputs See also 322 323 325 326 Selects the type of input signal being used for user configurable analog inputs land 2 140 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 Figure 64 Anlg In Config 320 Mey 5 SS XIXIX XIXIXIXIXIXIX XIXIX1X 0 0 1 Current 15 14 13 124110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 Voltage Nibble4 Nibble3 Nibble2 Nibble1 Reserved Bit Factory Default Bit Values For Frame 4 drives only firmware version 2 x the actual modes of the analog inputs depend on the value of this parameter and on the capabilities of the analog input hardware on the Combined I O board The units V or mA displayed for the Analog In Hi and Analog In Lo parameters are an accurate indication of the actual mode of the corresponding analog input if the input is physically present on the Combined I O board See AC Line I O Bo
276. s optional in all other circumstances 5 Start An open to closed transition generates a run command if start from the terminal block is enabled via the Logic Mask 276 and Start Mask 277 If Start is configured then Stop Clear Faults must also be configured to prevent a digital input configuration alarm condition 6 Fwd Reverse Forward Reverse An open input sets the direction to forward if direction control from the terminal block is enabled via the Logic Mask 276 and Direction Mask 279 A closed input sets the direction to reverse If the state of the input changes and the drive is running or jogging the drive changes direction If the Fwd Rev input function is assigned to more than one physical digital input ata time a digital input configuration alarm is asserted 7 Run open to closed transition on this input generates a a run command if start from the terminal block is enabled via the Logic Mask 276 and Start Mask 277 If the input is open the drive will stop The purpose of this input function is to allow a 2 wire start while the direction is being controlled by some other function 8 and 9 Run Forward and Run Reverse If start and direction control from the terminal block are enabled via the Logic Mask 276 Start Mask 277 and Direction Mask 279 an open to closed transition on one or both inputs while the drive is stopped causes the drive to run unless the Stop Clear Faults input function i
277. s the table but treats the unconfigured inputs as if they are permanently open Table 12 Effect of Speed Select Input State on Selected Reference Speed Speed Speed Parameter that determines reference Select 3 Select 2 Select 1 Open Open Open Speed Ref A Sel Open Open Closed Speed Ref B Sel Open Closed Open Preset Speed 2 Open Closed Closed Preset Speed 3 Closed Open Open Preset Speed 4 Closed Open Closed Preset Speed 5 Closed Closed Open Preset Speed 6 Closed Closed Closed Preset Speed 7 18 Auto Manual The Auto Manual function allows a single control device to assume exclusive control of reference select The most recent peripheral OIM or terminal block that makes a manual reference request is given control of the reference If the Auto Manual input function is closed then the drive uses one of the analog inputs defined by Man Ref Sel as the reference If an OIM subsequently Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 requests manual control that is Auto Man F Key is pressed and then gives control up presses Auto Man F Key again then the Auto Manual digital input must be opened and closed again to regain control of the manual reference If this input is open then the terminal block does not request manual control of the reference If no control device including the terminal block is currently requesting manual control of the reference then the drive us
278. se terminal block enable input The terminal block stop input is open Close terminal block stop input Start inhibit bits are set Check status in Start Inhibits 214 216 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Indication Chapter 10 Table 26 Drive Does Not Respond to Changes in Speed Command Cause s Corrective Action OIM Status Line indicates At Speed and output is 0 Hz No value is coming from the source of the command 1 If the source is an analog input check wiring and use a meter to check for presence of signal 2 Check Commanded Freq 2 for correct source None Incorrect reference source has been programmed 1 Check Speed Ref Source 213 for the source of the speed reference 2 Reprogram Speed Ref A Sel 90 for correct source None Incorrect reference source is being selected via remote device or 1 Check Drive Status 1 209 bits 12 15 for unexpected source selections digital inputs 2 Check Dig In Status 216 to see if inputs are selecting an alternate source 3 Reprogram digital inputs to correct Speed Sel x option Table 27 Motor and or Drive Does Not Accelerate to Commanded Speed Indication Cause s Corrective Action Acceleration time is excessive Incorrect value in Accel Time x 140 141 Reprogram Accel Time x 140 141 Drive is forced into current limit slowing or stopping acceleration Excess load or short acceleration
279. ssible for longer than inverter Power Loss Time 185 2 Check AC line voltage feedback wiring and signal path This includes the line Enable disable with inverter Fault Config 1 238 synchronization board the AC Line 1 0 board and the rectifier control board Power Phased 239 Input power is phased ACB rather than ABC Switch two of the input power phases Precharge Closed 233 One or more precharge contactors was closed when it 1 Check AUX contacts on precharge contactor s should be open 2 Check bit 0 in rectifier parameter Dig In Status 216 to view status of input 3 Check wiring Precharge Open 234 One or more precharge contactors was open when it 1 Check AUX contacts on precharge contactor s should be closed 2 Check bit 0 in rectifier parameter Dig In Status 216 to view status of input 3 Check wiring Pwr Brd Chksum1 104 The checksum read from the inverter power interface Clear the fault or cycle power to the drive board EEPROM does not match the checksum calculated from the EEPROM status data Pwr Brd Chksum2 105 The checksum read from the inverter power interface 1 Check connections between inverter control board and inverter power board EEPROM does not match the checksum calculated interface board If this fixes the issue then use inverter Reset To Defaults from the EEPROM configuration data inverter 197 to reset the rectifier to its defaults then reconfigure the drive as need
280. ssing the Parameters oeste ee E ve Re E ER ASRQAPERNSS 58 Viewing Rectifier or Inverter 58 Selecting the Parameter Access Level sic eret tenu 59 Inverter Parameters Basic Access 60 Rectifier Parameters Basic Access 60 Security and Passwords eben cts adhd 62 If There is More Than One OIM Connected to the Drive 63 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Parameter Descriptions Troubleshooting the Drive Technical Specifications Table of Contents Chapter 9 What the Symbols Mean EH Ra 65 Parameter Orsanizatioh s qi TEN SE RU QN 65 Inverter Parameters 66 Rectifier Parameters iocos tere ek n ees px pe s n dose 158 Chapter 10 Verify that the DC Bus Capacitors are Discharged Before Servicing 191 Determining Drive Status Using the Status 192 About Ines m uote 194 Alarm Deseriptionsive cio ucro EY e PSY 195 About Paul t eer t enr d ddr ecd cad do 197 About the Fault Queue de ada 198 Cleaning ER AR AME 199 Fault Descriptions and Corrective Actions 199 Diagnostic Parameters oot E
281. t Stopped ry Auto PO LiquiFlo 2 0 Main Menu Set Wrt Prot PW New Code Password Set Access Lvl 888 gp ES Password Monitor Lang Highlight Password Highlight option Y Increase decrease value icon 4 gt Move placeholder Accept value When you enter the password you can adjust parameters until you select Logout or return to the process display screen which re activates the password See Monitoring the Drive Using the Process Display Screen on the OIM on page 242 for information about the process display screen IMPORTANT This option is not supported in the VS Utilities software Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 8 If There is More Than One OIM Connected to the Drive IMPORTANT Setting the write protect password value to zero on one OIM disables the write protect password on all connected OIMs Setting the write protect password in one OIM does not affect any other OIM connected to the drive unless a write protect password has also been set in the other OIMs In this case the last password value entered becomes the password value for all password protected OIMs Each OIM cannot have a different password value For example if the write protect password has been set to 5555 for the local OIM someone using a remote OIM with no write protect password set can still program all of the parameters If the write
282. t Load Amps 150 Current Limit 151 Total Elapsed Life KW H 152 LifePowerTime 154 Life Run Time 153 Life Power Cycle 155 DPI Counters DPI Error 156 CS Timeout Cnt 159 PCMSG Tx Cnt 162 CS Msg Rx Cnt 157 CSMSGBadCnt 160 PC Timeout Cnt 163 CS Msg Tx Cnt 158 PCMSG Rx Cnt 161 CAN Bus Off Cnt 164 D A Output Sel D A Select N 60 Rockwell Automation Publication 02 3518 3 May 2013 File Utility Communications Inputs amp Outputs Chapter 8 Group Parameters Drive Memory Param Access Lvl 196 SavetoUserSet 199 Drive Checksum 203 Reset to Defaults 197 Reset Meters 200 Load Frm Usr Set 198 Language 201 Status Drive Alarm 211 Dig Status 216 Start Inhibits 214 Dig Out Status 217 Diagnostics Fault Frequency 220 Fault Amps D 225 Testpoint1Data 235 Fault Amps R 221 Fault Volts Vdc 226 Testpoint 2 Sel 236 Fault Amps 5 222 Fault Volts Q 227 lestpoint2Data 237 Fault Amps 223 Fault Volts D 228 Fault Amps Q 224 Testpoint 1 Sel 234 Fault Queue Fault Config 238 Fault To Invertr 241 Fault 1 Code 243 Fault 4 Code 245 247 249 Fault Clear 240 PowerUp Marker 242 Fault 1 Time 244 Fault 4 Time 246 248 250 In Data Links 10C Redir Time 300 Service 302 302 10C Redir Max 301 Service 303 303 Temperatures etc Rct IGBT Top 345 RctColdpltTmp 349 Rct PS 12V 353 Rct IGBT 346 RctAmbient
283. t Modes See also 169 Adjusts the responsiveness of the flying start function Increasing the value in this parameter increases the responsiveness of the flying start function 174 Auto Rstrt Tries Range 0 9 1 Default 0 Disabled Access 0 Path Dynamic Control gt Restart Modes See also 175 parameter 174 is used in an inappropriate application Do not use this function without considering applicable local national and international codes standards regulations or industry guidelines ATTENTION Equipment damage and or personal injury may result if Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 109 Chapter 9 110 IMPORTANT The drive re starts after fault reset if the start input is still asserted Specifies the maximum number of times the drive attempts to reset a fault and restart when the auto restart feature is enabled The auto restart feature provides the ability for the drive to automatically perform a fault reset followed a start attempt without user or application intervention Only certain faults are permitted to be reset See Chapter 10 for more information When the auto restart feature is enabled that is Auto Rstrt Tries is set to a value greater than zero and an auto resettable fault occurs the drive stops After the number of seconds in Auto Restrt Delay 175 has elapsed the drive automatically resets the faulted condition The drive then issues an internal start command
284. talink information 306 In 01 Link D Word 1 307 Data In 02 Link D Word 2 0 387 1 Default 306 34 307 35 Access 1 Path Communication gt Datalinks See also Parameter number whose value is written from a communications device data table Parameters that can be changed only while the drive is stopped cannot be used as Datalink inputs Entering a parameter of this type disables the link Refer to the appropriate communications option board manual for datalink information IMPORTANT In Liquiflo 2 0 drives datalink D is used for inverter rectifier communication Do not change these two parameters 310 Data Out A1 Link A Word 1 311 DataOutA2 Link A Word 2 Range 0 387 1 Default 0 Disabled Access 1 Path Communication gt Datalinks See also Parameter number whose value is written to a communications device data table Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 139 Chapter 9 312 313 Data Out B1 Link Word 1 Data Out B2 Link B Word 2 Range 0 387 1 Default 0 Disabled Access 1 Path Communication gt Datalinks See also Parameter number whose value is written to a communications device data table 314 315 Data Out C1 Link C Word 1 Data Out C2 Link C Word 2 Range 0 387 1 Default 0 Disabled Access 1 Path Communication gt Datalinks See also Parameter number whose value is written to a communication
285. ter to check the input diodes and output IGBTs See Table 35 and Table 36 7 Reconnect the motor to the drive 8 Reapply input power Table 35 Input Diode Components Input Diode Meter Connection No 1 ui 11 2 2 12 3 3 4 id 5 L5 6 16 7 11 8 12 id 9 3 i 10 14 11 L5 12 16 DC Bus Volts power terminal DC Bus Volts power terminal Table 36 Output IGBT Components Output IBGT Meter Connection ud 8 1 W T3 3 4 W T3 ki 5 25 6 i DC Bus Volts power terminal DC Bus Volts power terminal Component is OK if resistance R is 10 R 1 megohm Component is OK if resistance R is 10 lt R lt 1 megohm Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Component is defective if Continuity short circuit or open when the meter is connected with reversed polarity Component is defective if Continuity short circuit or open when the meter is connected with reversed polarity Chapter 10 Contacting Technical Support for Assistance The Tech Support option in the Diagnostics menu provides information regarding technical support Also see Rockwell Automation Support on the back cover of this user manual for technical support contact information Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 231 Chapte
286. ters in the order they occur Fault 1 Code the most recent fault 244 1 246 Fault2Time 248 Fault3Time 250 Fault4Time 252 Fault5Time 254 Fault6Time 256 Fault7Time 258 Fault8Time NY Range 0 0000 429 496 7295 0 0001 Hr Default Read Only Access 1 Path Utility gt Faults See also 242 The time between initial power up and the occurrence of the associated fault Can be compared to Power Up Marker for the time from the most recent power up Fault 7 Time Power Up Marker the time difference to the most recent power up negative value indicates fault occurred before the most recent power up value indicates a fault occurred after the most recent power up Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 259 Alarm Config 1 Range See Figure 58 Default Figure 58 Access 1 Path Utility gt Alarms See also Selects alarm conditions that initiate a drive alarm See Chapter 10 for more information about alarms Figure 58 Alarm Config 1 259 Y N QR QUA BIST SISSY BS 5 X X x 1 1 1 1 15 14 13 12111 10 9 Nibble 4 Nibble 3 Nibbl Q 1 1 Enabled 0 0 Disabled 2 Nibble 1 x Reserved Bit Factory Default Bit Values 261 Alarm Clear Range 0 Ready 1 Clr Alarm Que Default 0 Ready Access 1 Path Utility gt
287. text for each process variable being displayed The key toggles between the programming screen and the process display screen From the Main Menu screen press F1 or F2 to select the process display screen In addition the process display screen becomes active if no keys have been pressed before the display timeout period expires See Setting the Display Timeout Period on page 246 for information about setting the display timeout period Figure 97 Process User Display Screen Stopped ry Auto PO LiquiFlo 2 0 Select up to Scale the output 0 00 m values to suit the 0 00 m ps 4 0 00 7 customize the text displayed Customize up to eight F Key labels Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Appendix Displaying and Changing the You can display the reference value that the OIM is sending to the drive 01 Reference Customizing the Process Display Screen Customizing the Function Keys pressing the up or down arrow key once when the process display screen is active See Figure 98 The OIM reference can be used for the speed reference PI reference or trim reference To change the displayed reference press and hold down either the up or down arrow key until the desired value is displayed Release the key to return to the process display screen Figure 98 OIM Reference Displayed Stopped ry Auto PO
288. the installation before power is applied to the drive A ATTENTION Only qualified electrical personnel familiar with the construction and operation of this equipment and the hazards involved should start and adjust it Read and understand this manual in its entirety before proceeding Failure to observe this precaution could result in severe bodily injury or loss of life Use the following procedure to verify the condition of the installation A ATTENTION DC bus capacitors retain hazardous voltages after input power has been disconnected After disconnecting input power wait 5 minutes for the DC bus capacitors to discharge and then check the voltage with a voltmeter to ensure the DC bus capacitors are discharged before touching any internal components Failure to observe this precaution could result in severe bodily injury or loss of life 1 Turn off lock out and tag the input power to the drive Wait 5 minutes 2 Verify that the DC bus voltage is zero See Verify that the DC Bus Capacitors are Discharged Before Servicing the Drive on page 195 A ATTENTION You must provide an external hardwired emergency stop circuit outside of the drive circuitry This circuit must disable the system in case of improper operation Uncontrolled machine operation may result if this procedure is not followed Failure to observe this precaution could result in bodily injury 3 Remove any debris such as metal shavings from around the
289. tilities DriveExplorer or an OIM Its value changes according to the operational state of the drive Frame 3 drives firmware version 1 x only Figure 68 Rectifier Control 100 Frame 3 LLS SSS lt SOOT SS 2902020 Re SOOO Le DA SS SIS SS IIIA I WRT SS X X X 15 14 13 12 1110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 21 0 4 Nibble3 Nibble2 Nibble1 Reserved Bit 170 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 Frame 4 drives firmware version 2 x only Figure 69 Rectifier Control 100 Frame 4 X X X X X X X X 17 Nibble4 Nibble3 Nibble2 Nibble1 Reserved Bit 101 Rectifier Status Range See Figure 70 Default N A Access 0 Path Dynamic Control gt Control and Status See also inverter 34 The actual state of the rectifier IMPORTANT Thisparameter is used for communication between the inverter and the rectifier Do not write to this parameter using VS Utilities DriveExplorer or an OIM Its value changes according to the operational state of the drive Frame 3 drives firmware version 1 x only Figure 70 Rectifier Status 101 Frame 3
290. tinued Chapter 10 Fault amp Description Action Voltage 87 Ixo voltage calculated from motor nameplate data is too high 1 If Ixo calculation is not needed disable it by clearing bit 2 of Range Compensation inverter parameter 56 then clear fault 2 If Ixo calculation is needed re enter motor nameplate data and if necessary repeat Autotune inverter 61 Line Freq Lost 228 Line frequency not in the range of 47 63 Hz 1 Verify proper input voltage and frequency 2 Verify connections to 1 0 board 3 If fault persists replace 1 0 board Low DC Bus 23 The DC bus voltage is too low Verify proper input voltage Motor I Imbalance 37 The motor current imbalance displayed in inverter Imbalance Clear fault Count 221 has exceeded inverter Imbalance Limit 49 for time configured in inverter Imbalance Time 50 Motor Overload 7 Internal electronic overload trip An excessive motor load exists Reduce load so drive output current does not Enable disable with inverter Fault Config 1 238 exceed the current set by Motor OL Amps 48 Not at Voltage 237 The rectifier did not regulate to the desired voltage within the 1 Verify that rectifier is currently synchronized to the AC line defined time 2 Check all fuses and cabinet wiring 3 Replace 1 0 board 4 Replace control board and or power board NTC Demux Fail 30
291. tor provides equal or better performance in most cases Note that these faults are not instantaneous and have shown test results that take between 2 and 12 seconds to occur 163 DB Resistor Type Range 0 Internal Res 1 External Res 2 None Default 2 None Access 0 Path Dynamic Control gt Stop Brake Modes See also 161 162 Selects whether the internal or an external DB resistor is used 164 Bus Reg Kp Range 0 10000 Default 1200 Access 1 Path Dynamic Control gt Stop Brake Modes See also Proportional gain for the bus regulator Used to adjust regulator response 108 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 165 BusRegKd 0 10000 Default 1000 Access 1 Path Dynamic Control gt Stop Brake Modes See also Derivative gain for the bus regulator Used to control regulator overshoot 168 Start At PowerUp Range 0 Disabled Default 0 Disabled Access 0 Path Dynamic Control gt Stop Restart Modes See also This parameter is not used with LiquiFlo 2 0 AC drives 169 Flying Start En Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Default 0 Disabled Access 1 Path Dynamic Control gt Stop Restart Modes See also 170 Enables disables the function which reconnects to a spinning motor at actual RPM when start command is issued 170 Flying Start Gain Range 20 32767 1 Default 4000 Access 1 Path Dynamic Control gt Restar
292. tput depends on the value of this parameter and on the capabilities of the analog output hardware on the Combined I O board The units V or mA displayed for the Analog Out Hi and Analog Out Lo parameters are an accurate indication of the actual mode of the analog output 341 Anlg Out Absolut Range See Figure 67 Default See Figure 67 Access 1 Path Inputs amp Outputs gt Analog Outputs See also 342 Selects whether the signed value or absolute value of a parameter is used before being scaled to drive the user configurable analog output See AC Line I O Board Description Frame 3 Only on page 25 through Combined I O Board Description Frame 4 Only on page 29 for a description of I O hardware that is present on this drive and is controlled by the inverter Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 9 Figure 67 Anlg Out Absolute 341 G y xi xix xix xx xix xl xix x x xo 1 Enabled 15 14 13 124110 9 817 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 O Disabled Nibble4 Nibble3 Nibble2 Nibble1 X Reserved Bit Factory Default Bit Values 342 Analog Out1 Sel Selects the source of the value that drives the user configurable analog output See AC Line I O Board Description Frame 3 Only on page 25 through Combined I O Board Description Frame 4 Only on page 29 for a description of I O hardware that is present on this drive and is controlled by the in
293. tputs See also 384 Sets the off delay time for inverter digital output 2 This is the time between the disappearance of a condition and de activation of the digital output See AC Line I O Board Description Frame 3 Only on page 25 through Combined I O Board Description Frame 4 Only on page 29 for a description of I O hardware that is present on this drive and is controlled by the inverter 1 LineFrequency Range 0 0 63 0 Hz 0 1 Hz Default Read Only Access 0 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The input line frequency is displayed as x x Hz 2 InputCurrent R Range 0 0 32767 0 1 A Default Read Only Access 0 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The RMS input phase current Ir is displayed as x x A Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 3 Input Current S 0 0 32767 0 1A Default Read Only Access 0 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The RMS input phase current Is is displayed as x x 4 Input Current T Range 0 0 32767 0 1 A Default Read Only Access 0 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The RMS input phase current I is displayed as 5 Active Current Range 3276 7 A 0 1 A Default Read Only Access 0 Path Monitor gt Metering See also The active input current is displayed as x x A Motoring current is positive and generating current is negative 6 Reactive Current Range 0 0 3276
294. trical personnel familiar with the construction N and operation ofthis equipment and the hazards involved should install adjust operate or service this equipment Read and understand this chapter in its entirety before proceeding Failure to observe this precaution could result in severe bodily injury or loss of life routines can cause the drive to operate improperly Verify that the values of these parameters are appropriate for your application Failure to observe this precaution could result in bodily injury ATTENTION Incorrect values for some of the parameters the start up For standard applications the start up routines on the OIM enable you to configure the most commonly used parameters through a series of steps This helps you set up the drive as quickly as possible For advanced applications you may need to adjust additional parameters in the parameter list using either the OIM or VS Utilities software Before performing the start up routine you must Be qualified to configure the drive and be familiar with the operation of AC drives Be familiar with the operation of the OIM Have completed all hardware installation Properly connect the drive to the motor Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 53 Chapter 7 Running the Sta rt up To access the start up routines select the Start Up icon from the main menu as Routines shown in Figure 23 Figure 23 Accessing the Start Up Routine
295. trol gt Motor Data See also Set to the motor nameplate rated frequency The motor nameplate base frequency defines the output frequency when operating at rated voltage rated current rated speed and rated temperature 44 Motor NP RPM Range 60 24000 RPM 1 RPM Default 1780 RPM Access 0 Path Motor Control gt Motor Data See also Set to the motor nameplate rated RPM The motor nameplate RPM defines the rated speed when operating at motor nameplate base frequency rated current base voltage and rated temperature This is used to calculate slip 45 Motor NP Power Range 0 00 3000 00 0 01 kW or 0 01 HP NY Default Based on Drive Type Access 0 Path Motor Control Motor Data See also 46 Set to the motor nameplate rated power The motor nameplate power is used with the other nameplate values to calculate default values for motor parameters to assist the commissioning process This is entered in horsepower or in kilowatts as selected in parameter 46 46 MtrNP Pwr Units 0 Horsepower 1 kilowatts Default Based on Drive Type Access 0 Path Motor Control gt Motor Data See also Set to the power units shown on the motor nameplate This parameter determines the units for parameter 45 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 47 MotorOLHertz Co Range 0 0 400 0 Hz 0 1 Hz Default 0 Access 0 Path Motor Control gt Motor Data See
296. ts 44 Motor NP RPM 143 Decel Time 2 216 Dig In Status 45 Motor NP Power 146 S Curve 217 Dig Out Status 46 Mtr NP Pwr Units 147 Current Lmt Sel 238 Fault Config 1 47 Motor OL Hertz 148 Current Lmt Val 320 Anlg In Config 53 Torque Perf Mode 155 Stop Mode A 322 Analog In 1 Hi 54 Maximum Voltage 156 Stop Mode B 323 Analog In 1 Lo 55 Maximum Freq 157 DC Brake Lvl Sel 325 Analog In 2 Hi 61 Autotune 158 DC Brake Level 326 Analog In 2 Lo 81 Minimum Speed 159 DC Brake Time 342 Analog Out1 Sel 82 Maximum Speed 161 Bus Reg Mode A 343 Analog Out1 Hi 90 Speed Ref A Sel 162 Bus Reg Mode B 344 Analog Out1 Lo 91 Speed Ref A Hi 163 DB Resistor Type 361 Digital In1 Sel 366 Digital In6 Sel 92 Speed Ref A Lo 168 Start At PowerUp 380 Digital Out Sel 93 Speed Ref B Sel 174 Auto Rstrt Tries 381 Dig Out1 Level 94 Speed Ref B Hi 175 Auto Rstrt Delay 384 Digital Out2 Sel 95 Speed Ref B Lo 184 Power Loss Mode 385 Dig Out2 Level 96 TB Man Ref Sel 185 Power Loss Time Rectifier Parameters Basic Access Level The rectifier parameters available at the Basic level 0 are listed in the table below 1 Line Frequency 103 Vdc Reference 164 CAN Bus Off Cnt 2 Input Current R 104 Vdc Command 171 D A Select 174 3 Input Current S 105 Current Limit 196 Access Lvl 4 Input Current T 106 Input Load Amps 197 Reset to Defalts 5 Active Current 107 Max Motor Volts 198 LoadFrm Usr Set 6 Reactive Current 108 Max Motor Freq 199 Save to User Set
297. ts Vdc Rectifier 226 183 Imbalance Limit Rectifier 62 165 Imbalance Time Rectifier 63 165 Input Current R Rectifier 2 158 Input Current 5 Rectifier 3 159 Input Current T Rectifier 4 159 Input kW Rectifier 13 161 Input Load Amps Rectifier 106 169 Input Load Amps Rectifier 150 173 Input Pwr Factor Rectifier 14 161 Input Voltage RS Rectifier 7 159 Input Voltage ST Rectifier 8 160 Input Voltage TR Rectifier 9 160 Invrtr Base Temp Rectifier 121 172 10C Redir Max Rectifier 301 187 0 Redir Time rectifier 300 186 Language Rectifier 201 178 Life KWH Rectifier 152 173 Life Power Cycles Rectifier 155 174 Life Power Time Rectifier 154 174 Life Run Time Rectifier 153 174 Line Frequency Rectifier1 158 Line Imbalance Rectifier 22 163 Line V Imbalance Rectifier 23 163 Load Frm Usr Set Rectifier 198 177 Max Motor Freq Rectifier 108 170 Max Motor Volts Rectifier 107 170 Motoring kWh Rectifier 15 161 Param Access Lvl Rectifier 196 176 PC MSG Rx Cut Rectifier 161 175 PC MSG Tx Cut Rectifier 162 175 PC Timeout Cut Rectifier 163 176 Power Up Marker Rectifier 242 185 Rated Amps Rectifier 28 164 Rated kW Rectifier 26 163 Rated Volts Rectifier 27 164 Rct Ambient Tmp Rectifier 350 189 Rct Coldplt Tmp Rectifier 349 189 Rct 1 0 ID Rectifier 354 190 Rct IGBT Tmp Bot Rectifier 348 188 Rct IGBT Tmp Low Rectifier 347 188 Rct IGBT Tmp Top Rectifier 345 188 Rct IGBT
298. type 2 alarms respectively See Chapter 9 for the parameter descriptions Alarm queue Alarms are placed into an alarm queue on the inverter as they occur The alarms in the queue do not have timestamps and there is no indication of when each alarm becomes inactive The queue is visible using the OIM and using VS Utilities The alarm queue is separate from the inverter fault queue Alarm Descriptions Alarm g Description Analog Loss Auser configurable analog input is configured for alarm on signal loss and signal loss has occurred Bipolar 2 Parameter inverter 190 Direction Mode is set to Bipolar or Reverse Dis and one of more of the following digital Conflict input functions is configured Fwd Rev Run Fwd Run Rev Jog Fwd or Jog Rev Dig In User configurable digital input functions are in conflict Combinations marked with a 8 will cause an alarm ConflictA Ac Accel 2 Decel 2 Jog JogFwd _ JogRev _ Fwd Rev Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 199 Chapter 10 g Description ES Dig In ConflictB Jog Rev Dig In More than one physical input has been configured to the same input function Multiple configurations are not ConflictC allowed for the following input functions Forward Reverse Run Reverse Bus Regulation Mode B Speed Select 1
299. type 2 alarm 4 access Preset Speed 1 set Speed Ref A Sel to Preset Speed 1 See Table 9 152 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 Table 9 Speed Select Inputs Speed Select Inputs 3 2 1 Reference Source 0 0 0 Speed Ref A Sel 0 0 1 Speed Ref B Sel 0 1 0 Preset Speed 2 0 1 1 Preset Speed 3 1 0 0 Preset Speed 4 1 0 1 Preset Speed 5 1 1 0 Preset Speed 6 1 1 1 Preset Speed 7 Assigns an input function to the user configurable digital inputs of the drive Note that digital inputs Run Jog Clear Faults and Direction control functions are operational only when the mask parameters are set for these functions See AC Line I O Board Description Frame 3 Only on page 25 through Combined I O Board Description Frame 4 Only on page 29 for a description of I O hardware that is present on this drive and is controlled by the inverter Table 10 Default Values for Parameters 361 366 Parameter No Default Value 361 0 Unused 362 0 Unused 363 0 Unused 364 0 Unused 365 0 Unused 366 0 Unused The input functions are 1 Enable If the input is closed the drive can run start permissive If the input is open the drive will not start If the drive is already running when this input is opened the drive coasts and indicates not enabled on the OIM if present This is not considered a fault condition and no fault is generated If multi
300. ual contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office For technical assistance call 1 888 926 6786 Option 1 Also see Rockwell Automation Support on the back cover of this user manual for technical support contact information These documents contain additional information concerning related products from Rockwell Automation Resource VS Utilities Getting Results Manual publication D2 3488 Description Provides information explaining the uses and interface of VS Utilities and information to help you complete basic tasks such as installing the software and starting the application and finding instructions to complete more sophisticated tasks using the online help Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770 4 1 Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system Product Certifications website http www ab com Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details You can view or download publications at http www rockwellautomation com literature To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation sales representative Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 11 Chapter 1 Notes 12 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 About the Drive Chapter 2 This chapter describes how to identify the drive assembly the power mod
301. ule and shows the major drive components The LiquiFlo 2 0 AC drive is a pulse width modulated PWM liquid cooled drive that provides vector and general purpose regulation for a wide range of applications Identifying the Drive by CN AC is identified in 1 These numbers appear the shipping label and the nameplate Cabinet Assembly ID Number 2 22 PP pping of the drive Figure 1 Identifying the Drive by Cabinet Assembly ID Number 180264 A 03 3 00 180580 A 09 6 AA Frame Code Frame 3 180264 3 2AA 6 2CC Frame 4 180580 7 4AA 9 4CC Voltage 3 PH input 3 380 415V 50 Hz 6 440 480V 60 Hz 8 346V 50 Hz Options AA 3PH Meter Kit BA 100 kAIC Circuit Breaker CA CE Touch Kit KA Meter Kit 100 kAIC Circuit Breaker LA Meter Kit CE Kit TA 100 kAIC Circuit Breaker CE Kit ZB Meter Kit 100 Circuit Breaker CE Kit 00 No Options Cabinet Assembly ID Number SEU Input 440 480VAC 60HZ Output 480VAC 405A 0 250 Hz Type Enclosure TYPE 1 Short Circuit Rating 65kAIC Max Ambient 40 C Coolant Type R134a OR Treated Water Design Pressure 185 psig ID NO Cab Assy 180264 A03 600 Cabinet Assy S N XXXXXXXXXX Mfg On XX XX XX PWR Mod M N LF200460AAR PWR Mod S N XXXXXXXXXXX Made in USA by Rockwell Automation Cabinet Assembly Serial Number Rockwell Automation Pub
302. ult in bodily injury ATTENTION Removing and replacing the LCD while the drive is running If the LCD OIM is not the selected control source or reference source removing the OIM while the drive is powered will have no effect on drive operation This section describes the display features and the key functions Figure 94 The Display Main Menu Shown Operational Status Line Device Selected Error Text Menu Programming Screen or Process User Display Function Key Line Function Key F1 F2 F3 definitions Port peripheral identification Identifies port or peripheral on DPI about which the OIM is displaying information See Selecting a Device in the System on page 240 PI loop status control is active Operating status for example Running Stopped etc Alarm annunciation Alarm has occurred Auto Hand mode status Write protect password status unlocked password disabled a locked password enabled See Selecting the Parameter Access Level on page 63 Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 237 Appendix 238 Key Descriptions Key Function Scroll through options or user function keys move cursor to the left Scroll through options or user functions keys move cursor to the right Scroll through options increase a value or toggle a bit Scroll through options decrease a
303. ut is used to control the shunt trip and various conditions inside the drive can cause the shunt trip to be commanded e A1 in bit 0 of this parameter indicates that the shunt trip is being commanded breaker commanded open 0 in bit 0 indicates that the shunt trip is not being commanded Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 185 Chapter 9 186 The Combined I O Board Shunt Trip output can also be commanded using bit 0 of rectifier parameter Rectifier Control 100 but you should not write to this parameter You can control the shunt trip output using bit 0 of inverter parameter Appl Digital Out 30 For the dedicated shunt trip digital output shunt trip control via rectifier parameter Rectifier Contrl 100 is in addition to the internal rectifier conditions that can cause a shunt trip 220 Fault Frequency Range 400 0 Hz 0 1 Hz Default Read Only Access 0 Path Utility gt Diagnostics See also Displays line frequency at the time of the most recent fault 221 Fault Amps R Range 0 0 3276 7 0 1 A Default Read Only Access 0 Path Utility Diagnostics See also Displays phase R RMS input current at the time of the most recent fault 222 Fault Amps S Range 0 0 3276 7 0 1 A Default Read Only Access 0 Path Utility gt Diagnostics See also Displays phase 5 RMS input current at the time of the most recent fault 223 Fault AmpsT Range 0 0 3276
304. uts configured Stop if factory default and is not wired or is open Start or Run programming may be missing Program Digital Inx Sel 361 366 for correct inputs The Digital In bit of one or more of the mask parameters 276 285 is not set Incorrect digital input programming Mutually exclusive choices have been made 2 wire and 3 wire programming may be conflicting Exclusive functions direction control may have multiple inputs configured Stop if factory default and is not wired or is open Start or Run programming be missing Set the Digital In bit to 1 in the appropriate mask parameters 276 285 The Digital In bit ofthe Logic Mask 276 must be set if any control function is to be performed from the terminal block Program Digital Sel 361 366 to resolve conflicts Remove multiple selections for the same function Install stop button to apply a signal at stop terminal Table 25 Drive Does Not Start or Jog From Cause s Drive is programmed for 2 wire control and the bits of the Logic Mask 276 and Start Mask 277 that apply to the OIM are set to 1 Corrective Action If 2 wire control is required no action is necessary If 3 wire control is required program Digital Inx Sel 361 366 for correct inputs Flashing or steady red Ready LED Active fault Reset fault Flashing yellow Ready LED Enable input is open Clo
305. value or toggle a bit Exit a menu cancel a change to a parameter or toggle between program and process user display screens E G9 4 gt Enter a menu select an option or save changes to parameter value Enable Hand manual reference control Release Hand manual reference control Stop the drive Clear a fault if the clear faults function for the OIM is enabled using the Logic Mask 276 and Fault Clr Mask 283 Start the drive if start from the OIM is enabled via the Logic Mask 276 and Start Mask 277 E gt F1 though F4 Predefined user configured functions The definition of each key is shown directly above the key on the display See item in Figure 94 ATTENTION When switching from Auto to Hand or Hand to Auto the drive will ramp to the reference level provided by the new source at the rate specified in Accel Time 1 140 Decel Time 1 142 Accel Time 2 141 or Decel Time 2 143 Be aware that an abrupt speed change may occur depending upon the new reference level and rate specified in these parameters Failure to observe this precaution could result in bodily injury Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Appendix Menu Structure Password Set Access Lvl This section describes the OIM menu structure Figure 95 OIM Menu Structure User Display c ESC Y PROG QuickStart Input Voltage
306. ve and for connected devices including the OIM down to the component level Device Version on page 228 provides a general procedure for determining device version information for a device where the device is the inverter the rectifier or a DPI peripheral device To use this procedure first set the OIM to view information for the particular device See Viewing Rectifier or Inverter Parameters on page 62 for information on setting up the OIM so that it is displaying information related to a particular device Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 227 Chapter 10 228 Device Version To access the device version information for the current device inverter rectifier or DPI peripheral device see Figure 86 and Figure 87 This example assumes that the OIM is currently set to view the inverter device indicated by PO LiquiFlo 2 0 on the OIM display If the OIM is currently viewing the rectifier device the OIM display contains the line P2 Active Rectifier Figure 86 Accessing the Device Version Information Stopped 2 Auto Bii P0 LiquiFlo 2 0 Main Menu Diagnostics View Fault Q Sos ENC figure sees t below Diagnostics Monitor 4 Highlight Diagnostics icon A J V Highlight item Figure 87 Device Version Screens at Product and Component Levels Diag Product Ver Diag Dev Comp FW Ver X XXX F1 Main Control
307. ve is running the drive ramps to the restored reference level at the rate specified in Accel Time 1 140 Accel Time 2 141 Decel Time 1 142 and Decel Time 2 143 Be aware that an abrupt speed change may occur depending upon the new reference level and the rate specified in these parameters Failure to observe this precaution could result in bodily injury ATTENTION Setting parameter 327 to a value greater than 1 allows the input IMPORTANT Note that there is signal loss detection while the input is in bipolar voltage mode Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 145 Chapter 9 146 340 AnlgOut Config Range See Figure 66 Default 1 Access 1 Path Inputs amp Outputs gt Analog Outputs See also Selects the mode for the user configurable analog output See AC Line I O Board Description Frame 3 Only on page 25 through Combined I O Board Description Frame 4 Only on page 29 for a description of I O hardware that is present on this drive and is controlled by the inverter Figure 66 Anlg Out Config 340 amp XIX XIX XIX xX xX 1 Current 15 14 13 12 1110 9 8 7 6 5 413 2 1 0 O Voltage Nibble 4 Nibble3 Nibble2 Nibble1 X Reserved Bit Factory Default Bit Values For Frame 4 drives only firmware versions 2 x the actual mode of the user configurable analog ou
308. verter 343 Analog Out Hi Sets the user configurable analog output value when the source value is at maximum See AC Line I O Board Description Frame 3 Only on page 25 through Combined I O Board Description Frame 4 Only on page 29 for a description of I O hardware that is present on this drive and is controlled by the inverter Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 147 Chapter 9 148 Scaling the User configurable Analog Output You define the scaling for the analog output by entering analog output voltages into Analog Out Lo and Analog Out Hi These two output voltages correspond to the bottom and top of the possible range covered by the quantity being output The output voltage varies linearly with the quantity being output The analog output voltage does not go outside the limits defined by Analog Out1 Lo and Analog Out 1 Hi See Table 8 Table 8 Analog Output Scaling Options Analog Out1 Lo Value Corresponds to Analog Out 1 Hi 343 Value Corresponds to Analog Out Absolut Analog Out Absolut 341 Disabled 341 Enabled Output Freq Maximum Freq 0 Hz Maximum Freq Commanded Freq Maximum Speed 0 Hz Maximum Speed Output Amps 0 Amps 0 Amps 200 Rated Torque Amps 200 Rated 0 Amps 200 Rated Flux Amps 0 Amps 0 Amps 200 Rated Output Power 0kW 20096 Rated Output Volts 0 Volts 0 Volts 12096 Rated DC Bus Volts 0 Volts 0 Volts 20096 Rated PI Reference 100 0 100
309. x 32 2 663 0640 Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel 852 2887 4788 Fax 852 2508 1846 Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 PN 203464 Supersedes Publication D2 3518 2 September 2012 Copyright 2013 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the U S A
310. y on page 29 for terminal block assignments 32 RctfrConfig Range 0 Run at Start 1 Runat Power Up 2 Manual Control 3 Diode Rectifier Default 0 Access 1 Path Monitor gt Application See also 30 Selects how rectifier sequencing operates 0 The precharge is closed and voltage regulation is enabled when the inverter is requested to start 1 The precharge is closed and voltage regulation is enabled when power is turned on 2 closing of the precharge and enabling of voltage regulation is controlled by some other device writing into inverter Appl Digital Out 30 3 Rectifier consists ofa diode bridge This mode is for engineering use only Rockwell Automation Publication D2 3518 3 May 2013 Chapter 9 33 Control See Figure 32 and Figure 33 Default N A Access 1 Path Monitor gt Application See also 30 32 rectifier 100 The commanded state of the rectifier IMPORTANT This parameter is used for communication between the inverter and the rectifier Do not write to this parameter using VS Utilities DriveExplorer or an OIM Its value changes according to the operational state of the drive Frame 3 drives firmware version 1 x only Figure 32 Rectifier Control 33 Frame 3 5 57670757675 SOG OGG SIL COLINAS OWI S R QL SS S L lt lt SS CSS SA S IOS 5 NANI SENSING X XI
311. y 2013 255 Appendix 0 Figure 109 Drive Assembly Cabinet Wiring Diagram Frame 4 33 AUd ZV 54012 1 09 398vH238d HOLIMS M S3313W CIWNOLL dD SY 4015 3 01 AN aa nouaannoo ie 8 TT 538 108 SINN 3 5 0 NAOHS 3015170 SAU rel ih 91 1 ES E 0 1 8 09 i 3 DAHR 2 1 198 ASdMil 9 ANI ASIL 5 Ave AS 1 1908 1 INDHS E vocz Ing 8821 vezz WINI 481 i 1 1 ioI112auuo3 0015 3 6 uol 9 40 5 3 gt 8 mis 1 4 Ave 10 1 Oriol 3snisuiri 723 SSV 86104 i m ANDI 35043111 _ A009 V02 729 SSVI VEIN 0011 3 431 11 A0097V01 22 55 7 eins CNOI 0203429 SNILLI _ Aoo9 vo2 22 55970 Ting 1 2 Two It 1 deadly 0209822 351471011 009 02 722 55 12 ons 1 Ave i 01109 0203429 3803311 09 2 92 55 7 604 eal 005 4009 01100 906 2 55 A006700 8n3 06 409 01100 00 NYWSSNE 0 213

LiquiFlo 2.0 AC Drive User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents